Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / accesso Technology Group plc

accesso Technology Group plc

acso.l · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker acso.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 682
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · accesso Technology Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building the Future 
of Guest Experience
accesso Technology Group plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
At accesso, we believe technology has the  
power to redefine the guest experience.  
We provide solutions that empower  
our clients to create connected  
guest experiences to drive  
their businesses forward. 

Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
1
Contents
Strategic Report
accesso at a glance 
3
Business model
4
accesso’s growth strategy
5
Investment case
6
Our markets
8
Future dynamics
9
2024 Highlights
10
Chief Executive’s review
12
Financial review
15
Principal risks and uncertainties
23
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 statement
26
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report)
28
Governance
The Board of Directors
41
Corporate governance report
42
Directors’ remuneration report
44
Report of the Directors
54
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
56
Independent auditor’s report to the members  
of accesso Technology Group plc
57
Financial Statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
65
Consolidated statement of financial position
66
Company statement of financial position
67
Consolidated statement of cash flow
68
Company statement of cash flow
69
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
70
Company statement of changes in equity
71
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
72
Company information
111
Commenting on the results, Steve Brown,  
Chief Executive Officer of accesso, said:
“We are pleased to have delivered results in line with our revised revenue guidance while exceeding our 
expectations on profit. We know this outturn is not at the level we set out to achieve at the start of the year, 
but we delivered these results in conditions where our customers faced lower levels of consumer activity, 
and a key strategic project in Saudi Arabia saw a shift in the planned opening date. Despite these challenges, 
we held our business steady, managed costs, and continued to diversify. We are growing in important new 
geographies like the Middle East, and our new restaurant and retail solution, accesso FreedomSM is gaining 
traction. Our pipeline is strong and our technology continues to deliver outstanding results for our clients. 
accesso today is more resilient and better equipped with market-leading technology than ever, and I’m 
proud of the team for their outstanding work delivering excellence across the business.
As we look forward, we continue to push ahead with our initiatives to deliver top line growth while 
focusing on profitability. We are prioritising high-margin revenue streams, controlling costs, and 
seeing real results in driving operational excellence across our portfolio. Although our 
operating environment had been improving in recent months, we now need to exercise 
prudence in the face of possible US tariff-related macroeconomic impacts. It is too early to 
predict exactly how these dynamics might affect our year ahead, but we are cautiously 
optimistic given the importance of our dynamic solutions as customers flex product, 
pricing and promotions in response to changes in the consumer landscape. Our 
global customer base is largely comprised of local and regional venues which 
have historically shown resilience as consumers opt for nearby entertainment 
offerings in lieu of higher cost destination holiday travel. We will invest in 
strategic growth areas, refine our commercial approach to expand 
market presence and continue to excel in cost management to 
ensure sustained success. We remain confident in our ability to 
drive long-term value as we continue to grow the business.”

2
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
accesso at a glance 
3
Business model
4
accesso’s growth strategy
5
Investment case
6
Our markets
8
Future dynamics
9
2024 Highlights
10
Chief Executive’s review
12
Financial review
15
Principal risks and uncertainties
23
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 statement
26
Environmental, social and governance report  
(ESG report)
28
Strategic Report Contents

3
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
accesso at a glance
We are the 
leading 
technology 
provider to 
the leisure, 
entertainment, 
and cultural 
markets. 
Our cutting-edge solutions drive 
transaction‑based revenue for the top 
attraction operators globally. 
We offer ticketing, restaurant and retail 
commerce, virtual queuing, distribution, and 
guest experience management software.
We operate in 33 countries with continued 
expansion beyond our core North American 
market, particularly in the Middle East and Europe.
We develop new technologies to enhance client 
capabilities and improve guest experiences.
We have nearly 700 employees across the world. 
We serve over 1,200 venues globally, spanning 
theme parks, ski resorts, live entertainment, zoos, 
aquariums, and cultural institutions.
accesso is a public company, listed on AIM: a market operated by the London  
Stock Exchange. For more information visit www.accesso.com. Follow accesso  
on X, LinkedIn and Facebook.

4
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Business model
•	
Our digital professional 
services offerings support 
customer enablement of our 
solutions with customised UX 
design, mobile development, 
managed services, and seamless 
integration with accesso’s 
product suite.  
•	
The strength of our 
relationships helps us grow with 
our customers as their needs 
expand and new services 
become relevant to them.   
•	
They also build our  
presence and reputation  
in the marketplace which 
drives new business for  
the Group.  
•	
We support our top line 
growth with a laser-focus on 
operational excellence that 
helps us expand profit in 
the form of Cash EBITDA.
•	
Ticketing and distribution 
•	
Virtual queuing 
•	
Visitor management 
•	
Experience enhancement 
•	
Restaurant/Retail commerce 
We empower clients 
with innovative 
solutions that drive 
growth, enhance profit 
and increase guest 
satisfaction. We do 
this by making sure 
our clients’ success is 
aligned with our own. 
What we do:
This means we work 
with transaction-based 
revenue agreements 
which fosters deeply held, 
long-term partnerships 
and enables continuous 
evolution of our solutions.
In practice:
We generate our 
transaction-based 
revenue through: 
Augmented by:

5
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
accesso’s objective is 
to grow revenue and 
profit and increase 
its positive impact 
for all stakeholders 
by extending its 
market leadership. 
There are four key 
strategic levers to 
achieve this: 
Expand our 
footprint by winning 
new business 
1
Increase our share 
of wallet
2
Strategically invest in 
new technologies to 
unlock both growth 
and efficiency
3
Leverage our 
balance sheet 
strength to create 
additional value
4
•	 Leveraging our innovative 
product set to deepen our 
presence in core verticals, 
and to expand our 
impact in new markets 
and geographies.
•	 Expanding and refocusing 
our commercial team 
to fully leverage our 
expansive product set 
and broad geographical 
opportunity.
•	 Expanding both future 
and existing relationships 
with new and innovative 
offerings like our 
Restaurant and Retail 
solution, accesso Freedom.
•	 Leveraging our significant 
transactional volume 
to enhance revenue 
opportunities in 
payment processing 
while streamlining this 
process for our customers.
•	 Continually enhancing our 
products to ensure they 
remain best-in-class across 
all verticals we serve.
•	 Exploring options 
to leverage artificial 
intelligence to elevate the 
guest experience while 
streamlining operations 
and boosting efficiency.
•	 Investing in emerging 
technologies and forging 
strategic partnerships, 
to unlock new revenue 
streams and accelerate 
sustainable growth.
•	 Continuing to target 
inorganic activity to 
enhance penetration, 
augment our technology 
set or otherwise accelerate 
profitable growth.
•	 Evaluating options such 
as share buybacks and 
dividends to enhance 
shareholder returns 
and underscore our 
commitment to delivering 
value returns.
accesso’s growth strategy

6
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Investment case
accesso continues to grow 
profitably, with strong cash 
generation and improving 
margin expansion. Our ability 
to manage profitability gives 
us confidence in our ability to 
drive long-term value. 
Net cash position supports disciplined 
capital allocation and long-term 
shareholder returns. With a robust 
balance sheet and consistent cash 
generation, we possess the foundation 
– through our diverse product set 
and extensive geographic coverage 
– to support accelerating growth. 
Every day, we work to press home 
our competitive advantage while 
remaining sufficiently agile 
to manage whatever may 
come our way. 
Our partnerships with leading global 
attraction operators provide highly 
repeatable revenue streams. Our highly 
complementary product set presents 
strong cross-selling opportunities across 
this impressive base. 
Sustainable Growth 
and Profit:
Strong Balance Sheet: 
Top Tier Relationships: 
1
2
3

7
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Investment case continued
accesso’s market-leading product set 
and industry expertise create high 
barriers to entry for competitors. 
We are unmatched in the industry 
and will look to capitalise on this 
position as we provide our customers 
with innovative products that drive 
sustainable revenue growth. 
Market-Leading Products: 
4
Expanding into high-growth regions, 
including the Middle East and 
APAC, presents significant revenue 
opportunities. With our proven track 
record and scalable technology platform, 
we are well-positioned to capitalise on 
these opportunities. 
International Growth Potential: 
5

8
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Our markets
(1)	
https://www.accesso.com/assets/documents/Success-Stories/IMS_accesso_CaseStudy2024_Optimized-1-compressed.pdf
(2)	
IAAPA Global Theme and Amusement Park Outlook: 2023 – 2027
(3)	
NSAA Economic Impact Infographic 2024, https://www.skicanada.org/about-us/quick-facts/ and https://www.skicanada.org/facts-stats-updated-december-2023/ 
Evolving consumer expectations
Guests seek seamless, personalised, and mobile-first 
experiences, driving demand across accesso’s range  
of solutions.
Target market requirements
With the shift to a near absolute requirement 
that technology be delivered via SaaS, accesso is 
well positioned as a leading provider of cloud-
hosted solutions. 
Operational efficiency needs
Venues prioritise automation, AI-driven decision-
making, and scalable cloud-based solutions to 
enhance profitability. 
Impact of AI at accesso
At accesso, we are currently exploring a range of AI opportunities including partnerships and our own R&D to enhance operational and guest experiences.  
From an efficiency standpoint our initiatives include expanding use of AI by our software engineers to more rapidly and efficiently generate code and evaluating 
opportunities to provide AI-driven sequences to expedite our client’s process to configure products. Market‑facing innovation includes considering how our 
virtual queuing and mobile app solutions can leverage AI for crowd/queue prediction as well as providing recommended itineraries. AI-driven insights to assist 
clients with optimising pricing and product offerings is also an area we feel our solutions can be further leveraged to enhance our value proposition and provide 
even further product differentiation.
Case study: Personalised, mobile-first experiences
At client Iron Mountain Hot Springs, our accesso Freedom, cloud-hosted mobile ordering has transformed the guest experience. By enabling effortless on-the-go 
transactions, mobile ordering has led to higher food and beverage spending, increasing order sizes by 20% or more. The average transaction size for mobile food 
orders is 10-15% larger than in-person purchases, demonstrating the power of intuitive, guest‑centric mobile in driving both guest satisfaction and profitability(1). 
Key markets
Demand for technology-driven guest experiences continues to grow, with attractions and entertainment venues increasingly investing in digital transformation. 
Geographical shifts
Markets in the Middle East, Latin America, and APAC  
are rapidly expanding, presenting strong opportunities 
for growth. 
Growth in markets outside of North America
Our core market regions are North America, Europe, and Australia, with a strategic foothold in the rapidly growing Middle East market. From 2022-2027, the 
Middle East and Africa have a projected compound annual growth in overall theme park spending of 20.3%(2). Having secured key wins for accesso HorizonSM 
with both flagship developments currently underway in Saudi Arabia, SEVEN, and the recently announced projects in Qiddiya City, we have secured a significant 
and high-profile presence in this high-growth market. To continue to capitalise on the emerging opportunities in the region, accesso will exhibit at the inaugural 
IAAPA Expo Middle East trade show in Abu Dhabi. 
Industry diversification
Continued expansion across the broad range of  
leisure sectors including ski resorts, cultural venues,  
live entertainment, and festivals is increasing  
accesso’s total addressable market.
accesso in Ski
As an example of the success of our market approach, our keen focus and investment in this important sector has positioned us with an unmatched range 
of solutions that far exceed the capabilities of even the nearest competitor. With solution coverage across the specific needs of the ski industry including 
tickets, season passes, lessons, equipment rentals, food and retail with an integrated platform featuring a mobile app wraparound is simply unmatched in the 
marketplace. Our 2023 acquisition of what is now accesso ParadoxSM has paved the way for material growth across the sector providing a SaaS migration path 
for our accesso SiriuswareSM ski customers and significantly increasing our potential to secure new ski customers. In North America alone, there are currently 761 
ski areas boasting some 81.5 million skier visits – more than any other country in the world(3). accesso is the leading supplier in the ski sector as we serve 164 ski 
resorts across North America with technology that encompasses ticketing, equipment rentals and lessons – supporting the trifecta of revenue for ski operators. 
The comprehensive product strategy we have pursued with acquisitions alongside R&D protects our existing market leadership position, expands cross-sell 
opportunity with existing customers and positions to continue penetrating the important ski vertical.
accesso in Restaurant and Retail
We extend our position in the market with accesso Freedom, providing our new Restaurant & Retail solution for streamlined, integrated experience alongside  
our other offerings. 

Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
9
Key markets
Future dynamics
As demonstrated by our approach to the ski sector, we are 
disciplined in prioritising our focus and investments towards 
high-growth opportunities and following those through with 
a comprehensive strategy.
Looking to the future, accesso is well-positioned to continue 
to capitalise on emerging industry trends, ensuring 
continued success and long-term value creation.  
With operators adjusting to prevailing market 
conditions and our refreshed go-to-market strategy 
starting to take hold, we enter 2025 with cautious 
optimism while continuing to build upon our 
broad range of opportunities.

10
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Basic earnings per share (cents) 
22.38
2023
19.19
2024
22.38
+16.6%
2024 Highlights
(1)	
Cash EBITDA: operating profit before the 
deduction of amortisation, depreciation, 
acquisition, integration and disposal 
costs, and costs related to share-based 
payments less capitalised development costs 
(as detailed on page 20).
(2)	
Net cash is calculated as cash and cash 
equivalents less borrowings.
(3)	
Adjusted basic earnings per share is calculated 
after adjusting operating profit for impairment 
2023
$8.808m
2024
$11.681m
2023
$23.626m
2024
$22.831m
2023
$149.515m
2024
$152.291m
2023
$144.124m
2024
$151.829m
2023
$31.465m
2024
$28.716m
Revenue – constant currency(4)
$150.293m
Net cash(2)
$28.716m
Revenue
$152.291m
Cash EBITDA(1)
$22.831m
Statutory profit before tax
$11.681m
Revenue – excluding seasonal 
staffing pass through and B2C exit (5)
$151.829m
2023
$149.515m
2024
$150.293m
Adjusted basic EPS (cents)(3)
38.39
2023
37.48
2024
38.39
+0.5%
+1.9%
+32.6%
+2.4%
(3.4)%
+5.3%
(8.7)%
Financial highlights
of intangible assets, amortisation on acquired 
intangibles, acquisition, integration and 
disposal costs and share-based payments, net 
of tax at the effective rate for the period on the 
taxable adjusted items (as detailed on page 94).
(4)	
Revenue metrics for the period ended 
31 December 2024 have been prepared on a 
constant currency basis with the period ended 
31 December 2023 to assist with assessing 
the underlying performance of the revenue 
streams. Average monthly rates for FY 2023 
were used to translate the monthly FY 2024 
results into a constant currency using the range 
of currencies as set out below:
a.	
GBP sterling – $1.21 – $1.29
b.	
Euro – $1.06 – $1.11 
c.	
Canadian dollars – $0.73 – $0.76
d.	
Australian dollars – $0.64 – $0.69
e.	
Mexican pesos – $0.05 – $0.06
f.	
Brazilian real – $0.19 – $0.21 
g.	
Singapore dollars – $0.73 – $0.75
h.	
United Arab Emirates dirham – $0.27 – $0.27
(5)	
Seasonal staffing represents costs recharged to 
a major customer in the Group. The recharge of 
these costs ended at the end of H1 2023. The 
Group also exited its B2C business, From The 
Box Office, in May 2024, the figures presented 
exclude the revenues generated from this 
business in both 2024 ($0.5m) and 2023 
($2.0m).

11
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
2024 Highlights continued
Performance highlights
Performance in line with 
revised expectations: 
Group revenue showed modest growth 
of 1.9% reaching a total of $152.3m. 
Adjusting for the decision to step away 
from $3.3m pass-through revenue from 
a virtual queuing customer, the Group’s 
revenue growth was approximately 4.2%. 
Adjusting further for the impact of the 
decision to exit the Group’s B2C business 
in May 2024 (B2C revenue 2024: $0.5m, 
2023: $2.0m) this growth rate would have 
been 5.3%. The Group also delivered 
$22.8m of Cash EBITDA, reaching a margin 
of 15% and exceeding the Group’s revised 
guidance range of 13% – 14%. 
New business shows 
demand remains strong: 
During 2024 we won 30 new venue 
contracts across a broad range of end 
markets with 7 of these venues taking 
a combination of products. Our future 
pipeline remains strong, with a clear 
focus on improving proposal conversion 
rates in 2025 as a key focus to ensure 
accelerated success. 
New propositions 
gaining traction: 
accesso Horizon continues to gain traction 
with customers including in important 
growth markets like Saudi Arabia. 
Despite project delays impacting FY 2024 
trading, we have already seen further 
new business flow from our expanded 
footprint in-country, including the new 
Six Flags theme park and the Aquarabias 
water park at the expansive new 
Qiddiya City development. 
Our Restaurant & Retail proposition 
accesso Freedom is also demonstrating 
its long-term potential having secured 
its first 11 wins during the year with a 
strong pipeline for 2025. 
Continued operational 
focus enables profit 
ahead of revised 
expectation expansion: 
We were pleased to deliver a cash EBITDA 
margin ahead of our revised expectations 
for 2024 and driving operational 
excellence through the Group remains a 
key theme during 2025. We continue to 
focus on expanding our higher margin 
revenue streams, remaining laser-focused 
on cost while continuing to innovate, 
and making progress to increase profit 
in some of our historically less profitable 
areas.
Post period-end 
GTM changes: 
With a higher rate of revenue growth 
a key priority, a restructure of our 
Commercial operation is realigning 
resources and go-to-market strategy 
to more comprehensively address 
our expanded range of solutions and 
global market reach. 
Leadership expansion:
Considering the scale of our business 
with nearly 700 staff across 18 countries 
and the importance of an efficient 
operational strategy across the Group, 
Lee Cowie has joined as Chief Operating 
Officer. Lee brings extensive expertise in 
technology and operational excellence, 
having driven successful digital 
innovation and efficiency programmes 
during his tenure as Chief Technology 
Officer at Merlin Entertainments. 
Outlook: 
accesso remains a diversified and resilient 
business. However, we need to be mindful 
that operators are facing increasingly 
complex macroeconomic conditions 
which may impact the timing of new 
technology investment. As a result, our 
transactional revenue is more difficult 
than usual to predict, particularly the 
backdrop of a rapidly evolving global 
tariff dynamic and with the key periods 
of the trading year still ahead of us. In 
recognition of the current forecasting 
environment, the Company’s guidance 
for revenue in 2025 is that growth is 
unlikely to exceed the effective 5.3% in 
2024. Meanwhile, our ability to manage 
profitability while investing in strategic 
growth areas, gives us confidence 
that we can deliver a Cash EBITDA 
margin in line with or slightly ahead 
of current consensus. With around a 
third of Group revenues generated in 
currencies outside of USD, we are also 
mindful of the recent movement in 
foreign exchange rates, particularly in 
any strengthening of USD against GBP 
and EUR. The outlook above is based on 
the current prevailing rates of GBPUSD 
$1.288 and EURUSD $1.077 continuing 
to hold through the remainder of the 
year. 
Buyback programme: 
In line with the ongoing capital 
allocation strategy, we are separately 
announcing today a share buyback 
programme of up to £8.0m (USD 
$10.3m) to be executed through the 
remainder of 2025.

12
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
12
Chief Executive’s review
We remain focused and 
resilient, with further 
growth in our sights 
as we build for the  
long-term and position 
accesso for sustainable, 
global success.”
Steve Brown
Chief Executive Officer
The 2024 financial year once again proved 
accesso’s agility in responding to changing 
conditions. Although ahead of prior year, 
a softening macroeconomic environment 
reduced the level of transactional 
activity below what we had originally 
expected. As operators experienced this 
slightly softer than anticipated demand, 
our products and their transactional 
revenue streams remained resilient, 
with both accesso Passport ® and accesso 
LoQueue ® slightly ahead of the prior year. 
We also noted that operators’ approach to 
purchasing decisions becomes a bit more 
cautious during these periods, which 
in turn, slowed the pace of our sales 
conversion. In Saudi Arabia – an important 
growth market for the Group – we saw a 
delay to a major project timeline. Overall, 
falling short of the ambitions we set for 
ourselves at the start of the year is, of 
course, a disappointment. However, I 
am proud of the way in which our team 
remained resilient and responded and still 
enabled us to exceed the revised profit 
expectations we set in August. 
To hold our business steady in these 
circumstances tells me accesso is 
committed enough at the level of 
our team, commercial enough at the 
level of our operations, and innovative 
enough at the level of our product 
to meet our long‑term ambitions for 
growth and returns. In a market that may 
be challenged in the near-term with 
ongoing uncertainties, our track record 
demonstrates our ability to both capture 
higher level of demand, when they 
present themselves, and balance expenses 
when activity is lower than expected.
Our culture of teamwork is at the core of 
our adaptability and ongoing success, and 
this has never been more evident than 
during 2024 as we suffered the loss of our 
CFO, Fern MacDonald. Her world-class 
skills and immeasurable contributions to 
accesso have left a lasting legacy. I extend 
my deepest gratitude to everyone, 
especially those closest to Fern, for their 
fortitude and perseverance. The strong, 
high-quality team that Fern built 
continues our important financial work, 
embodying her standards of excellence 
and relentless commitment to accesso.
As we look ahead, we are hopeful that 
our market is maintaining flexibility to 
respond to changes in guest behaviour. 
We know that our evolved product set, 
now incorporating accesso Horizon, 
accesso Freedom, and accesso Paradox, 
stand as benchmarks across the sectors 
we serve. Our balance sheet also remains 
strong following another year of cash 
generation. Our cash generated from 
operating activities, prior to working 
capital movements and tax payments, 
was $25.7m, an increase of 8.0% on 2023’s 
$23.8m. We remain in a net cash position 
with significant liquidity, both through 
existing cash resources and available 
committed banking facilities. We have an 
unmatched product set, robust expertise 
across our team, and a wide range of 
global opportunities to power us towards 
accelerated growth. We are working every 
day with a sharp focus towards enhancing 
our rate of revenue growth and to 
optimise our bottom-line performance.
Standing up to be counted in 2024 

13
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial performance 
Group revenue for 2024 was $152.3m 
(FY 2023: $149.5m), representing growth 
of 1.9% year-over-year. Adjusting for 
the decision to step away from $3.3m 
pass-through revenue from a large 
virtual queuing customer, the Group’s 
revenue growth was approximately 4.2%. 
Adjusting further for the impact of the 
decision to exit the Group’s B2C business 
in May 2024 (B2C revenue 2024: $0.5m, 
2023: $2.0m) this growth rate would have 
been 5.3%. This year was the last in which 
the impact of this proactive step will be 
present in our results and from now on, 
we will see even further benefit from our 
increasingly focused, visible, sustainable 
and high-quality revenue profile. 
For 2024, Cash EBITDA was $22.8m 
(FY 2023: $23.6m), being delivered at 
a margin of 15% on revenue, ahead of 
our revised expectations of between 
13% and 14%. We have also continued 
paying down debt related to the three 
acquisitions we made in 2023, and after 
having bought back $8.1m of shares 
during the period, we finished the year 
with a net cash balance of $28.7m. 
Market backdrop and 
demand environment 
During 2024, economic conditions 
were demanding for our customers. 
While the venues we serve – mostly local 
and regional rather than international – 
are to some extent insulated from major 
swings in consumer confidence, overall 
transaction volumes are still impacted by 
the prevailing mood. This year, the most 
pronounced volume effects surfaced 
during the peak North American summer 
trading months, leaving operators 
with limited time to react with revised 
strategies to increase demand. The lower 
than anticipated transactional revenue 
across the summer period contributed 
to the need to revise our expectations 
downward for the year. Despite falling 
short of our original anticipated uptick 
in volume, full year transactional revenue 
increased 2.5%.
While our ability to deliver on our revised 
2024 expectations reflected a solidifying 
demand picture during the latter part of 
the year, and strong performance in the 
final quarter, the picture as we enter 2025 
is complex. With US tariff policy continuing 
to evolve and international responses still 
taking shape, we have limited visibility on 
how consumers will react – particularly in 
the key summer trading months. As such, 
we are urging prudence at this stage. 
We know our customers continue to 
invest in demand generation strategies 
from marketing to capital investments in 
new attractions, and we also know the 
increasing diversification of our business 
across end markets and geographies is 
key to our resilience. For example, we 
have reported regularly on our progress 
in the ski industry and our expanding 
footprint in the Middle East, both of 
which showcase the broadening of our 
horizons into promising areas. Looking at 
our numbers, one can also see the trend. 
In 2021, North America represented 79% 
of our Group revenue. This proportion has 
declined consistently year-over-year, and 
today North America represents 61% of a 
considerably larger total. We are confident 
this footing will enable us to continue 
delivering revenue and profit despite the 
uncertain times.
Customer success with new 
propositions gaining traction 
The robustness of our pipeline also gives 
us confidence in the ongoing durability 
of our proposition, and our belief was 
reinforced by our continued new business 
success during the year. Despite the 
market conditions we maintained our 
pace from 2023, beating our 28 wins 
from last year with 30 new venues 
signed across attractions, fairs & festivals, 
live entertainment, ski resorts, stadia 
and more. 
As announced in March 2024, one of 
our most important wins from the 
period was a landmark agreement with 
Saudi Entertainment Ventures (SEVEN), 
a wholly owned subsidiary of the Saudi 
Arabia Public Investment Fund (PIF). Our 
agreement anticipates we will serve 21 
cutting-edge entertainment destinations 
across 14 cities, featuring over 150 
attractions, diverse dining outlets, local 
and international retail outlets. It’s a 
ground breaking project in a key growth 
region for our business and its scale 
and scope represents a major vote of 
confidence in the quality of our accesso 
Horizon product. 
Most recently, we have further expanded 
our presence in the Middle East with a 
significant win. Qiddiya, which includes 
Six Flags Saudi Arabia and Aquarabia 
water park, has signed to implement 
accesso Horizon as its core ticketing and 
entitlement management solution. 
This agreement, for the region’s signature 
development, represents another 
milestone in our global expansion and 
highlights the demand for our enterprise 
solutions in emerging entertainment 
hubs. For the full year we expect 
revenues of approximately $2m to come 
from key Middle Eastern customers.
Chief Executive’s review continued
Throughout 2024, we continued to 
see strong customer adoption of our 
solutions, particularly with accesso 
Freedom, which demonstrated its 
versatility across multiple verticals. 
It secured 11 new contract wins, including 
7 existing customers expanding their 
relationships and 4 brand-new customers 
adopting the solution. Of the 11 new 
wins, the mix of new deals – 6 in the ski 
sector and 5 in attractions – underscored 
the strength of accesso Freedom as a 
cross-vertical product, enhancing our total 
addressable market by offering a highly 
adaptable and integrated solution.
Among the new accesso Freedom 
customers, Morgan’s Wonderland, 
CaliBunga San Jose, SkyPark at Santa’s 
Village, and SplashDown Beach 
represent key wins where the integrated 
combination of accesso Freedom alongside 
accesso Passport and accesso Siriusware has 
proven to be a compelling proposition. 
These new customers highlight the 
growing demand for a seamless and 
scalable solution that delivers operational 
efficiency and enhanced guest 
experiences across different types of 
venues. We stand out as the clear market 
leader with the most comprehensive and 
highest quality product offering to our 
end markets. accesso’s robust product 
offering, along with the credibility of 
serving our blue-chip customer base  
is simply unmatched.

14
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Beyond accesso Freedom, we secured 
other notable customer successes during 
the year. Little Lion Entertainment, which 
operates Crystal Maze and other UK 
attractions, selected accesso Passport 
to support its operations. Sundance Ski 
Resort, Cleveland Zoo, Vancouver Zoo 
and the recently opened National Medal 
of Honor Museum also signed on as 
new customers, further expanding our 
presence across a diverse range of venue 
types. A new signature attraction in Las 
Vegas being developed by one of our 
blue-chip customers was also a notable 
win for accesso Horizon, reinforcing its 
appeal for high-profile entertainment 
destinations. The confidence this operator 
places in the solution based upon the 
success of the solution at their theme 
parks in Asia reinforces the quality and 
differentiation of accesso Horizon.
Laser-focus on 
operational excellence 
Our Cash EBITDA margin of 15.0% in 
2024 is reflective of our continued focus 
on driving operational efficiency in our 
business. As we said at the time of our 
August 2024 Trading Statement, we have 
been taking a number of steps to manage 
cost in the face of our lower revenue 
expectation. Initiatives in this area include 
maintaining operating leverage through 
strategic headcount management, with 
total headcount decreasing slightly from 
691 at the end of 2023 to 682 at the end 
of 2024. We have managed to achieve 
this balance without sacrificing hiring for 
open positions in key areas or impacting 
our product roadmap. Rather, when 
attrition has occurred, we have been 
highly selective in deciding whether to 
backfill roles and, if so, where to reallocate 
resources most effectively. 
For example, in cases where an 
engineering role was vacated, the strength 
of our current product offering means 
that in the near-term, we have chosen 
to reallocate headcount to commercial 
functions that better align with our 
strategic priorities around revenue growth. 
In terms of gaining operational efficiency, 
our engineering teams are implementing 
AI tooling where applicable to increase 
output and accelerate innovation.
Additionally, we continue to drive 
savings though our technology footprint, 
with cloud hosting costs decreasing 
compared to 2023. This reduction was 
driven by engineering-led efficiency 
efforts. Our technology teams have 
focused on optimising infrastructure 
utilisation, ensuring that we continue to 
deliver high levels of performance while 
reducing overhead costs.
Continuing our focus on identifying 
opportunities to improve performance, 
we have made significant changes to our 
Ingresso business that have led it to a notable 
upturn in performance. Following a strategic 
review, a range of opportunities were 
identified and action taken to address each 
of those. We made the decision to exit the 
B2C business which operated at breakeven, 
renegotiated key customer agreements, 
and recruited a new Managing Director with 
highly relevant experience to lead the Group. 
I am proud of the results of the team’s efforts 
and have confidence we will continue to see 
improvement in the profitability of Ingresso 
as we move forward. Ultimately, we have 
a real opportunity to increase value in this 
area given the potential for distribution 
- a differentiator for accesso against 
competition - to play an important role as 
a lever for us in new business negotiations 
across our product set.
Despite the breadth of our activity, I still 
believe we can drive a faster pace and 
make a deeper impact on new business. 
As such, a review of our go-to-market 
approach became a critical and obvious 
strategic opportunity. At the start of 
2025 we initiated a restructure of our 
go-to-market approach. As accesso has 
expanded in scale, and solutions offered, 
we need to also adjust the scale and 
structure of our commercial approach. 
Shifting staffing to the commercial team 
to more sufficiently cover the global range 
of our target markets along with revised 
marketing efforts to generate new leads 
will more appropriately align our business 
for driving growth via new customers. 
With the benefit of our wide-ranging 
product set also comes the complexity 
of organising and implementing efforts 
to sell across our end markets and 
geographies. Recruitment of a new senior 
leader is underway to bring in a fresh set 
of eyes, and along with revised resource 
allocation and new marketing strategies 
we intend to increase our sales pace, 
efficiency and impact.  
People and culture 
In 2024 we maintained strong staff 
engagement scores, with an impressive 
95% participation rate in our annual 
survey. Our overall engagement score 
of 4.1 benchmarks at the 75th percentile 
for similarly sized companies in the tech 
industry, reflecting a highly engaged 
workforce that remains motivated and 
connected to our mission.
Employee retention remained stable, with 
a voluntary turnover rate of 5%, broadly 
consistent with 2023. This underscores our 
ability to attract and retain top talent in a 
competitive labour market. 
We were particularly proud to launch our 
first-ever Emerging Leader programme, 
an interactive, virtual leadership 
development initiative designed to 
support new and aspiring leaders within 
the business. The programme consists 
of two cohorts, each with 25 employees 
from across the company, providing 
participants with key leadership skills, 
mentorship opportunities, and a strong 
foundation for career progression.
As we continue to expand and evolve as a 
business, investing in our people remains 
a core priority. We recognise that our 
team’s resilience and expertise are integral 
to our success, and we will continue 
to provide the support, resources and 
development opportunities needed to 
empower them in the years ahead.
Outlook
Our outlook for 2025 is informed by our 
view of a market in which operators 
were already adjusting to persistent 
macroeconomic challenges and are now 
contending with additional uncertainty 
related to US trade policy around tariffs. 
While overall demand for our technology 
solutions remains strong, visitor 
attendances are now more difficult to 
predict for the remainder of the year.
At the same time, our customers are 
working diligently on marketing plans and 
will typically make promotion and pricing 
adjustments to balance demand if warranted. 
Additionally, the diversification of our 
revenue base and the relative resilience 
of our local and regional customer base 
will continue to work in our favour. As 
a result, we believe our business is well 
positioned to withstand impacts from 
macroeconomic pressures. 
Taking these various dynamics in hand, 
we think it best to take a prudent 
approach to our guidance for 2025. 
For revenue, growth is unlikely to 
exceed the effective 5.3% reported in 
2024. On profit, our ability to manage 
profitability while investing in strategic 
growth areas gives us confidence that 
we can deliver a Cash EBITDA margin 
in line with or slightly ahead of current 
consensus for the year. 
Finally, with approximately a third of 
Group revenue generated in currencies 
other than US dollars, we have developed 
our outlook while recognising that 
persistent volatility in exchange rates – 
particularly with respect to the movement 
of the USD against the GBP and EUR 
– could affect our full year outturn. The 
outlook we publish today is therefore 
put forward on the basis that the current 
prevailing rates of GBPUSD $1.288 and 
EURUSD $1.077 continue to hold through 
the remainder of the year. 
Steve Brown
Chief Executive Officer
14 April 2025
Chief Executive’s review continued

15
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Revenue
$152.291m
Group revenue is 1.9% up on 2023 with Ticketing 
up 8.7%, Guest Experience down 7.9% and the 
Professional Services segment down 31.1%. 
Ticketing benefited from the full year impact of 
accesso Horizon and accesso Paradox while our 
distribution business had a strong year following 
the signing of a large new distributor in H2 2023.
Within Guest Experience, our queuing business 
saw the change in our labour model with a 
significant customer resulting in a planned 
decrease in our revenue. The revenue quality table 
below (see page 19) highlights $nil revenue from 
this operation in 2024 (2023: $3.3m).
At 31 December 2024, the Group held $42.8m 
cash with net borrowings of $14.1m. 
During 2024, the Group spent $17.1m on 
financing activities which included $8.1m on 
the repurchase and cancellation of accesso’s 
own shares as well as $6.5m repaid on the 
Group’s revolving credit facility with HSBC.
Adjusted basic earnings per share of 38.39 and 
basic earnings per share of 22.38 increased by 
2.4% and 16.6% respectively. 
As with our Cash EBITDA margin, we look 
forward to both adjusted and basic earnings per 
share increasing as our existing operational cost 
base is leveraged to deliver revenue growth.
Net cash(2)
$28.716m
The Group delivered Cash EBITDA for the period 
of $22.8m, down 3.4% or $0.8m on 2023. While 
gross profit increased 4.2% or $4.8m, underlying 
administrative expenses increased by 6.3% or 
$5.7m, outpacing the revenue and gross profit 
growth. FY 2024 included a full year impact of 
costs from the three acquisitions made in H1 
2023 alongside continued inflationary pressure 
on wages and services. The Group is continuing 
to robustly manage the cost base, both through 
headcount stability and efficiencies.
Cash EBITDA, as a % of revenue, was 15.0% 
(2023: 15.8%).
Our business bears the consequences of a high 
level of operating leverage, and our products 
and the associated cost base can scale to 
deliver increased revenue with limited increases 
in headcount and related expenditure. Looking 
ahead, as revenue grows against our full 
headcount, we look forward to our Cash EBITDA 
margin % increasing.
Cash EBITDA(1)
$22.831m
Statutory profit before tax increased $2.9m or 
32.6% on 2023. 
For the reasons explained to the left, EBITDA 
before exceptional items and share-based 
payments declined $0.8m. In addition, there 
was an increase in the share-based payment 
expense of $0.5m. These decreases to profit 
were offset by a fall in exceptional items of 
$2.6m, with no acquisitions in the current year 
compared to three in 2023. Further, there was 
also a fall in total amortisation & depreciation 
expense of $2.1m, largely due to a number 
of capitalised R&D projects becoming fully 
amortised in early 2024. 
Statutory profit before tax
$11.681m
Adjusted basic EPS (cents)(3)
38.39
Basic earnings per share (cents) 
22.38
Footnotes:
(1)	
Cash EBITDA: operating profit before the deduction of amortisation, depreciation, acquisition, integration and disposal costs, and costs related to share-based 
payments less capitalised development costs.
(2)	
Net cash is calculated as cash and cash equivalents less borrowings.
(3)	
Adjusted basic earnings per share is calculated after adjusting operating profit for impairment of intangible assets, amortisation on acquired intangibles, 
acquisition, integration and disposal expenses and share-based payments, net of tax at the effective rate for the period on the taxable adjusted items (as detailed 
on page 94).
2023
$8.808m
2024
$11.681m
2023
$149.515m
2024
$152.291m
2023
$31.465m
2024
$28.716m
2023
$23.626m
2024
$22.831m
2023
37.48
2024
38.39
2023
19.19
2024
22.38
Financial review
Our financial 
performance in 2024 
showed the resilience 
of our business in a 
challenging market.
Matthew Boyle
Chief Financial Officer 
Despite economic uncertainty, we 
met our revised expectations and 
maintained solid profitability. Moreover, 
our balance sheet remains strong and 
we continue to operate the business 
with great precision and control. 
The picture for 2025 is still crystallising 
at this stage of  the year but given 
the strength of our platform and our 
leading market position, 
we are confident that we 
can continue to grow our 
business and deliver in line 
with our guidance.”

16
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Key performance indicators and alternative performance measures
The Board continues to utilise consistent alternative performance measures (APMs) internally and in evaluating 
and presenting the results of the business. The Board views these APMs as representative of the Group’s 
underlying performance.
The historic strategy of enhancing accesso’s technology offerings via acquisitions, as well as an all-employee 
share option arrangement, necessitate adjustments to statutory metrics to remove certain items which the 
Board does not believe are reflective of the underlying business.
By consistently making these adjustments, the Group provides a better period-to-period comparison and 
is more readily comparable against businesses that do not have the same acquisition history and equity 
award policy. 
APMs include Cash EBITDA, Adjusted basic EPS, net cash, underlying administrative expenditure and repeatable 
and non-repeatable revenue analysis and are defined as follows: 
•	 Cash EBITDA is defined as operating profit before the deduction of amortisation, impairment of intangible 
assets, depreciation, acquisition integration and disposal costs, and costs related to share-based payments less 
capitalised internal development costs;
•	 Adjusted basic earnings per share is calculated after adjusting operating profit for impairment of 
intangible assets, amortisation on acquired intangibles, acquisition, integration and disposal-related costs 
and share-based payments, net of tax at the effective rate for the period on the taxable adjusted items 
(see page 94); 
•	 Net cash is defined as available cash less borrowings (see page 108). Lease liabilities are excluded from 
borrowings on the basis they do not represent a cash drawing; 
•	 Underlying administrative expenses are administrative expenses adjusted to add back the cost of 
capitalised development expenditure and property lease payments and remove amortisation, impairment of 
intangible assets, depreciation, acquisition costs, and costs related to share-based payments (see page 20). 
This measure is to identify and trend the underlying administrative cost before these items; 
•	 Repeatable revenue consists of transactional revenue from Virtual Queuing, Ticketing and eCommerce and 
is defined as revenue earned as either a fixed amount per sale of an item, such as a ticket sold by a customer 
or as a percentage of revenue generated by a venue operator. Normally, this revenue is repeatable where 
a multi-year agreement exists and purchasing patterns by venue guests do not significantly change. Other 
repeatable revenue is defined as revenue, excluding transactional revenue, that is expected to be earned 
through a customer’s agreement, without the need for additional sales activity, such as maintenance and 
support revenue. Non-repeatable revenue is revenue that occurs one-time (e.g. up-front licence fees) or is 
not repeatable based upon the current agreement (e.g. billable professional services hours) and is unlikely to 
be repeatable without additional successful sales execution by accesso. Other revenue consists of hardware 
sales and other revenue that may or may not be repeatable with limited sales activity if customer behaviour 
remains consistent; and
•	 The revenue streams for year ended 31 December 2024 have been prepared on a pro forma basis using 
consistent currency rates with the year ended 31 December 2023 to assist with assessing the underlying 
performance. Average monthly rates from 2023 were used to translate the monthly 2024 results into a 
constant currency using the range of currencies as set out below:
	– GBP sterling – $1.21 – $1.29
	– Euro – $1.06 – $1.11 
	– Canadian dollars – $0.73 – $0.76
	– Australian dollars – $0.64 – $0.69
	– Mexican pesos – $0.05 – $0.06
	– Brazilian real – $0.19 – $0.21 
	– Singapore dollars – $0.73 – $0.75
	– United Arab Emirates dirham – $0.27 – $0.27
The Group considers Cash EBITDA, which disregards any benefit to the income statement of capitalised 
development expenditure, as its principal operating metric. 
These APMs should not be viewed in isolation but as supplementary information. As adjusted results include the 
benefits of the Group’s acquisition history but exclude significant costs (such as significant legal or amortisation 
expenditure), they should not be regarded as a complete picture of the Group’s financial performance, which is 
presented in its total results. 
Key financial metrics 
Revenue 
The Group showed resilience to deliver revenue of $152.3m (2023: $149.5m) being growth of 1.9% despite the 
Group facing multiple headwinds through the year. 
As in the prior year, the Group derives 75% of revenue from transactional sources, typically through % revenue 
share or usage arrangements with its SaaS customers. Our early expectations for 2024, based both on our 
unique view into customer plans and the strength of our sales pipeline, were that the year would see growth 
consistent with that observed in the preceding few years. As explained in August 2024, the Group noted that 
the growth in transactional income, while still positive year over year, was behind our early outlook due to 
slower attendance growth across our customer base. This was particularly in the peak seasonal summer months, 
but continued through the remainder of 2024. 
Financial review continued

17
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Revenue continued
We set out details of our revenue by segment, geography and repeatable to non-repeatable analysis below. 
Revenue on a segmental basis was as follows:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Vs 2023
%
Ticketing
89,806
86,455
3.9%
Distribution
23,226
17,569
32.2%
Ticketing and distribution
113,032
104,024
8.7%
Virtual queuing – transactional revenue 
25,705
25,754
(0.2%)
Virtual queuing – staffing cost reimbursement
–
3,344
(100.0%)
Virtual queuing – hardware and other*
1,865
839
122.3%
Other guest experience*
3,893
4,238
(8.1%)
Guest experience
31,463
34,175
(7.9%)
Professional Services
7,796
11,316
(31.1%)
Total revenue
152,291
149,515
1.9%
*	
The Guest Experience segment has been restated to exclude Professional Services that are not being provided in conjunction 
with one of our products. The prior period Guest Experience revenue was $45.5m being the sum of the Guest Experience and 
Professional Services 2023 amounts. The Other Guest Experience comprises revenue from accesso’s mobile application platforms 
and accesso Freedom.
Ticketing and Distribution:
Ticketing and Distribution revenue was 8.7% up on 2023. Within Ticketing this includes the benefit of a full year 
of accesso Horizon and accesso Paradox revenue, which together contributed $4.8m increase compared to the 
prior year. accesso Passport’s continued growth, driven by transactional income, contributed $1.2m revenue 
growth compared to the prior period. Offsetting this growth was a decrease of $1.7m in accesso Siriusware, as 
new term licence sales slowed, and $0.9m decrease in accesso ShoWareSM. 
The lower-than-expected transactional revenue has a knock-on impact on our sales lead time, as operators 
delay software implementation decisions on the back of flat attendances. We noted this lead time extending 
through H2 2024 and expect this will continue through 2025.
The distribution business had a particularly strong year following a full year of contribution from a large new 
distributor signed in H2 2023 as well as continued penetration in the Group’s wider customer base. This growth 
is even more pronounced considering the decision in May 2024 to exit the B2C division of our distribution 
business which operated with minimal profit contribution. This division contributed revenues of $2.0m in 2023 
and $0.5m during the period of operation in 2024.
Guest Experience
Within the Guest Experience segment, accesso LoQueue’s transactional-based revenue was flat on 2023 
despite the attendances at venues in which it operates predominately being down compared to 2023. We are 
continuing to work with operators to maximise the guest penetration and pricing optimisation of the queuing 
product which ensures that the revenue remains resilient despite attendance pressures.
The Group typically has bi-annual hardware orders from a blue-chip customer for the accesso Prism device which 
drove the 122.3% growth shown in the table below.
Virtual queuing revenue:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Vs 2023
%
Virtual queuing – transactional revenue
25,705
25,754
(0.2%)
Virtual queuing – hardware and other
1,865
839
122.3%
Virtual queuing – staffing cost reimbursement
–
3,344
(100.0%)
Queuing
27,570
29,937
(7.9%)
Other Guest Experience
The Other Guest Experience line comprises revenue from accesso’s mobile application platforms, TE2 and 
WayMiGo, and accesso Freedom. This revenue decreased $0.3m (8.2%) on 2024 driven largely by an anticipated 
decline in legacy support contracts for the retail, food & beverage intellectual property acquired in July 
2022. Pleasingly, the Group signed 11 (7 existing and 4 new to the Group) customers to the accesso Freedom 
platform which we expect to grow in 2025 and increase our transactional revenue as a proportion of the 
overall total income.
Professional Services:
As flagged in our Interim Statement, for the current period we have split revenues generated within 
The Experience EngineTM (TE2) between platform fees, which remain in the Guest Experience segment, in 
the ‘Other Guest Experience’ line referenced above, and the delivery of bespoke Professional Services to 
large customers in the ski, theme park, and cruise ship markets, which move to a separate Professional 
Services segment. 
Our Professional Services segment revenues cover those that are not associated with a particular product. 
As a key technology infrastructure partner, large attraction and leisure operators look to us to provide support 
for their own internal project cycles. We realise that this element of our business will fluctuate year-over-year, 
however, we are positioned to take the opportunities when they arise. In 2024, Professional Services revenues 
were down an expected $3.5m (31.1%) reflecting anticipated project fluctuations with two of our larger 
customers when compared to 2023.
Financial review continued

18
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Revenue continued
Revenue on a geographic and segmental basis was as follows:
Primary geographic markets
2024
2023
Ticketing and 
Distribution
$000
Guest 
Experience
$000
Professional 
Services
$000
Group
$000
Ticketing and 
Distribution**
$000
Guest 
Experience***
$000
Professional 
Services***
$000
Group
$000
UK
29,274
3,287
–
32,561
25,295
3,286
–
28,581
Other Europe
3,400
5,192
33
8,625
2,139
5,776
–
7,915
Middle East*
2,268
–
–
2,268
1,109
–
–
1,109
Australia/South Pacific/Other Asia/Africa*
9,687
1,654
–
11,341
7,660
1,854
–
9,514
USA 
59,427
20,843
7,734
88,004
59,098
22,808
11,290
93,196
Canada
5,191
292
–
5,483
4,270
266
–
4,536
Mexico
2,911
195
29
3,135
3,550
185
26
3,761
Other Central and South America
874
–
–
874
903
–
–
903
113,032
31,463
7,796
152,291
104,024
34,175
11,316
149,515
*	
This disclosure has been enhanced to present disaggregated revenue for the Middle East in the comparative period. The Middle East was previously presented aggregated within Australia/South Pacific/Other Asia/Africa as a total of $10.5m. 
**	
This disclosure has been restated for the year ended 31 December 2023 to present distribution revenue by country of the venue rather than country of distributor (i.e. where the venue is located rather than the location of the distributor where the ticket was sold). This 
reclassification aligns distribution revenue more closely to the presentation of accesso’s other products, where the primary market relates to the location of the venue or event.
***	 The Guest Experience segment has been restated to exclude Professional Services that are not being provided in conjunction with one of our products. The prior period Guest Experience revenue was $45.5m being the sum of the Guest Experience and Professional Services 
2023 amounts.
Our growth in the UK arose due to the strong performance of the Ingresso distributions business discussed earlier in this report. We also saw strong growth in APAC as a result of the completion of accesso Horizon implementations 
in the region, across both Japan and Australia.
Our US business fell $5.2m (5.6%), $3.3m of which was driven by the removal of the seasonal staffing pass-through revenue. The remaining decrease was driven by accesso Siriusware, accesso ShoWare and Professional Services 
whose movements are each referenced earlier in this report.
The increase in both our Middle East and Canadian business reflects the full year impact of the accesso Horizon and accesso Paradox acquisitions respectively.
Financial review continued

19
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Revenue continued
Revenue Quality
2024
$000
2023*
$000
%
Virtual queuing – transactional
25,705
25,754
(0.2%)
Virtual queuing – staffing cost reimbursement
–
3,344
(100.0%)
Ticketing and eCommerce
65,756
65,207
0.8%
Distribution*
23,226
17,569
32.2%
Transactional revenue
114,687
111,874
2.5%
Maintenance and support
10,187
9,338
9.1%
Platform fees
3,164
3,352
(5.6%)
Recurring licence revenue
2,232
1,505
48.3%
Total repeatable
130,270
126,069
3.3%
One-time licence revenue
2,550
2,881
(11.5%)
Professional services
13,123
15,536
(15.5%)
Non-repeatable revenue
15,673
18,417
(14.9%)
Hardware
2,179
1,533
42.1%
Other
4,169
3,496
19.3%
Other revenue
6,348
5,029
26.2%
Total revenue
152,291
149,515
1.9%
Total repeatable as % of total
85.5%
84.3%
*	
The prior year comparative has been enhanced to split out distribution revenue from Ticketing and eCommerce transactional 
revenue. These were previously presented as an aggregated total of $82.8m for the year ending 31 December 2023.
The above is an analysis of the Group’s revenue by type. Transactional revenue consisting of Virtual Queuing, 
Ticketing and eCommerce, and Distribution is defined as revenue earned as either a fixed amount per sale 
of an item, such as a ticket sold by a customer, or as a percentage of revenue generated by a venue operator. 
Normally, this revenue is repeatable where a multi-year agreement exists and purchasing patterns by venue 
guests do not significantly change.
The Group’s transactional revenue streams saw growth of $2.8m (2.5%) or $6.2m (5.7%) excluding the seasonal 
staffing pass through revenue. The distribution business contributed $5.7m of this growth, with ticketing 
contributing $0.5m and transactional queuing revenue being flat on 2023.
Financial review continued
Other repeatable revenue is defined as revenue, excluding transactional revenue, that is expected to be 
earned through each year of a customer’s agreement, without the need for additional sales activity, such as 
maintenance and support revenue. The increases in these line items over 2023 reflect the full year impact of the 
accesso Horizon acquisition which operates a licence and support model, typically for Enterprise level customers.
Non-repeatable revenue is revenue that occurs one-time (e.g. up-front licence fees) or is not repeatable based 
upon the current agreement (e.g. billable professional services hours) and is unlikely to be repeatable without 
additional successful sales execution by accesso. 
Other revenue consists of hardware sales and other revenue that may or may not be repeatable with limited 
sales activity if customer behaviour remains consistent.
Other revenues increased by $1.3m (26.2%). This was driven by a $0.6m increase in hardware sales in the accesso 
Prism as well as $0.7m increase in Other revenues. These ‘Other’ revenues are commissions received from the 
Group’s guest ticket insurance partners as well as third-party hardware partners. Other revenue also includes 
referral commissions received from the Group’s guest payment gateway partners.

20
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Gross margin
The Group’s reported gross profit margin increased again to 78.1% (2023: 76.4%) which reflects the full year 
removal of the season staffing revenue. The Group continues to focus on the quality of revenue and the 
improvement of our gross profit and Cash EBITDA margins in the medium to long term.
Our distribution business, focused on B2B, continues to be a key part of our service offering however, due to 
the accounting standards covering revenue recognition, our margins in this business will always be significantly 
lower than the rest of our revenue streams. These revenue recognition standards require us to recognise the 
full amount of commission included within the gross value of a ticket sold as our revenue, with the larger 
portion of this commission paid to the distributor as our cost of goods sold. Under such arrangements, the 
Group typically receives the face value of the ticket and remits this to the distributor and venue as pass-through 
cash. The receivables and payables due are included gross within the balance sheet as trade debtors and trade 
payables respectively. Gross profit and Cash EBITDA margins would have been 88.4% and 17.0% (2023: Gross 
margin 83.4%, Cash EBITDA margin 17.3%) if we were permitted to recognise net commission as our revenue.
Administrative expenses
Reported administrative expenses increased by 1.5% to $105.8m in the year, while underlying administrative 
expenditure increased by 6.3% to $97.0m. This increase includes the full year impact of the 82 new headcount 
joining the business from the three acquisitions completed in late H1 2023 from both a staff cost perspective 
as well as other expenses such as rent and travel. Excluding these acquisitions underlying overheads remained 
flat on 2023, with $0.3m increase (0.3%) as a result of a continued focus on efficiency with a diligent approach 
to cost control.	
	
Amortisation from acquired intangibles increased to $4.2m because of a full year impact of the acquired intangibles 
from 2023. Amortisation and depreciation related to all other assets decreased to $4.3m from $7.8m due to much 
of the capitalised Research & Development spend becoming fully amortised in 2023 and early 2024.
Share-based payment costs increased by 16.3% to $3.7m, reflective of a full year impact of key management 
incentive arrangements being granted in 2023 to retain key staff following the acquisitions as well as additional 
charge related to senior staff changes during 2024. 
2024
$000
2023
$000
Administrative expenses as reported
105,847
104,308
Capitalised development expenditure(1)
2,633
2,839
Amortisation related to acquired intangibles
(4,212)
(2,811)
Share-based payments
(3,705)
(3,187)
Amortisation and depreciation(2)
(4,259)
(7,832)
Property lease payments not in administrative expense(1)
839
668
Impairment of intangible assets
–
(6)
Acquisition, integration and disposal expenses
(127)
(2,690)
Underlying administrative expenditure
97,016
91,289
(1)	
See consolidated cash flow statement.
(2)	
This excludes acquired intangibles but includes depreciation on right of use assets.
Cash EBITDA
The Group delivered Cash EBITDA for the year of $22.8m, a 3.4% reduction on 2023. Cash EBITDA margin was 
15.0% in 2024 (2023: 15.8%). 
The table below sets out a reconciliation between statutory operating profit and Cash EBITDA:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Operating profit
13,161
9,939
Add: acquisition, integration and disposal expenses
127
2,690
Add: Amortisation related to acquired intangibles 
4,212
2,811
Add: Share-based payments
3,705
3,187
Add: Impairment of intangibles
–
6
Add: Amortisation and depreciation (excluding acquired intangibles)
4,259
7,832
Deduct: Capitalised internal development costs
(2,633)
(2,839)
Cash EBITDA 
22,831
23,626
The Group recorded an operating profit of $13.2m in 2024 (2023: $9.9m); and adjusted basic earnings per share 
increased to 38.39 cents (2023: 37.48 cents). 
Financial review continued

21
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Development expenditure 
2024
$000
2023*
$000
Total development expenditure
44,785
44,145
% of total revenue
29.4%
29.5%
*	
Development expenditure for the period ended 31 December 2023 has been restated to exclude $4.4m relating to product delivery 
which was previously categorised within development.
Our total development expenditure for 2024 remained flat on 2023 at $44.8m, being 29.4% of revenue (2023: 
29.5%), 1.4% higher than 2023. The spend continues to include investment in accesso Freedom of $2.4m (2023: 
$3.3m), our retail, food and beverage product launched in Q4 2023. During 2025 we see this product entering 
the next phase of its life cycle and moving toward a breakeven contribution, through increased customers 
and a reduction in the development overhead. 
Development expenditure represents all expenses incurred by the Group’s Engineering and Product 
Management functions, predominantly comprising payroll and software-related costs. These functions maintain 
our existing solutions and work with our customers to ensure the Group’s products are well positioned to meet 
customer needs. In addition, these functions also perform research and development activities based on the 
product roadmaps, which set out the planned features and releases over time.
The Group capitalises elements of development expenditure where it is appropriate and in accordance with IAS 
38 Intangible Assets. Capitalised development expenditure of $2.6m (2023: $2.8m) represents 5.9% (2023: 6.4%) 
of total development expenditure. The Group’s research and development is primarily focused on constant and 
iterative improvement of existing customer products, which in turn leads to increased customer satisfaction and 
retention, rather than a focus on creating new revenue streams. It continues to be critical in order to continue to 
meet and exceed the expectations of our existing customers’ requirements and the current solutions they utilise. 
Development continues to expand the product set and add features that will be important for our customers’ 
operations in the future. 
Cash and net cash
Net cash at the end of the year has decreased to $28.7m from $31.5m at 31 December 2023. 
2024
$000
2023
$000
Cash in hand & at bank 
42,769
51,814
Less: Borrowings (including capitalised finance costs)
(14,053)
(20,349)
Net cash
28,716
31,465
Less: pass-through cash*
(2,841)
(7,506)
Adjusted net cash
25,875
23,959
*	
Pass-through cash is received from ticket distributors representing the gross value of a ticket sold via the Group’s distribution 
platform, Ingresso, and its ‘collect and remit’ business in Mexico. This cash is payable to attractions and venues and does not form 
part of Group revenue.
The Group has maintained a strong net cash position with net cash inflow from operating activities, prior to 
working capital movements, of $25.7m (2023: $23.8m). The Group had a total working capital outflow for the 
year of $10.9m (2023: inflow of $3.9m). The working capital outflow was driven by an increased level of year end 
trade, particularly in our distribution business that operates a ‘collect and remit’ business model, receiving the 
face value of a ticket purchase and remitting to both the distributor and venue. This dynamic combined with 
the timing of larger annual supplier renewal invoices being settled prior to the year-end resulted in the overall 
working capital outflow. Net cash flow from operating activities was $12.1m (2023: $25.6m).
Net cash outflows from investing activities were $2.4m, comprised largely of $2.6m capitalised development 
spend (2023: $2.8m), offset by interest income of $0.8m (2023: $0.8m). 
The Group had an outflow of $17.1m from financing activities (2023: inflow of $12.5m). This included outflows 
of $8.1m on the purchase and cancellation of accesso’s own shares through the buyback programme as well 
as a repayment of $6.5m on the Group’s revolving credit facility.
On 26 May 2023, the Group secured a $40.0m revolving credit facility with a four-year term, to May 2027, 
accompanied by a $20.0m accordion option. As at 31 December 2024, the Group had drawn $14.75m 
($14.1m net of finance costs) (31 December 2023: gross borrowing $21.25m). 
The Group continues to hold a strong balance sheet with a net cash position of $36.2m at 31 March 2025.
Financial review continued

22
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial review continued
Dividend and share repurchases
The Board continuously evaluates capital allocation decisions and holds the view surplus cash is most effectively 
used in share repurchases or special dividends, strategic product development or, where the opportunities arise, 
value accretive acquisitions.
During the year, the Group operated two share repurchase programmes, both with a value of up to GBP £4.0m. 
The first programme commenced in October 2023 and concluded in February 2024 with a total repurchase 
and cancellation of 706,984 shares for a total consideration of $5.0m (GBP £4.0m). The second programme 
commenced in August 2024 and concluded in November 2024 with a total of 757,847 shares being 
repurchased for a total of $5.3m (GBP £4.0m). In total, during 2024, the Group repurchased and cancelled 
1,165,559 shares for a total of $8.1m (GBP £6.2m). At the prior year end, the Group had repurchased and 
cancelled 299,272 shares for a total of $2.2m (GBP £1.8m). 
Today, we are also announcing a further share repurchase programme of up to GBP £8.0m ($10.3m) to be 
executed over the remainder of 2025.
Impairment
In line with relevant accounting standards, the Group reviews the carrying value of all intangible assets 
on an annual basis or at the interim where indicators of impairment exist. No impairment charges were 
recognised in the year.
Taxation
The tax charge of $2.6m represents an effective tax rate on the $11.7m of statutory profit before tax of 22.2% 
(2023: 12.72%). 
The key reconciling items to the Group’s weighted average tax rate of 27.36% are: a net $0.3m reduction relating 
to the adjustment of R&D estimates from the prior period and the utilisation of R&D credits during the year, a 
further net reduction of $0.9m in relation to expenses not deductible for tax purposes, adjustments in respect of 
prior periods and share awards. These reductions were offset by $0.6m of increased tax due to the impact of rate 
changes on our deferred tax positions.
The Strategic Report on pages 2 to 39 has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:
Matthew Boyle
Chief Financial Officer 
14 April 2025

23
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The Group has a significant seasonal business with revenue and 
cash flows predominantly linked to leisure venue attendance 
which, with the current profile of business, peak in the summer 
months of the Northern Hemisphere. As demonstrated in 2020, 
attendance at leisure venues can be impacted by circumstances 
outside the control of the Group including, but not limited to, 
pandemics, inclement weather, consumer spending capability 
within the regions we operate together with operator venue 
pricing, discount policies, investment capability, safety record 
and marketing.
Business disruption risk
The Group demonstrated great resilience to the pandemic, 
rebounding quickly to take advantage of changing market demands. 
The Group’s global footprint and diverse range of markets that it 
serves has enabled it to prosper even when certain markets, such as 
live entertainment, took longer to recover. The Group continues to 
diversify with new customer wins outside of North America building 
upon the acquisitions during 2023 which enabled access to new 
geographic markets. 
A key risk relates to the high concentration of revenue 
derived from particular customers or guests of particular 
theme parks groups.
Customer concentration risk
The Group continues to increase its customer base, extending its 
geographical presence and broadening its technologies to a wider 
range of venues. 
The Board has 
identified the 
following principal 
risks and uncertainties 
which it believes may 
impact the Group and 
its operations.
The Board is satisfied that the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems 
are adequate. At this stage, the Board 
does not consider it to be appropriate to 
establish an internal audit function.
Principal risks  
and uncertainties
Description of risk and uncertainty
Mitigation
In line with groups of a similar size, the Group is managed by a 
limited number of key personnel, including Executive Directors 
and senior management, who have significant experience within 
the Group and the sectors it operates within, and who could be 
difficult to replace.
Staff retention risk
Executive Directors and senior management have remuneration 
plans, incorporating long-term incentives to mitigate this risk 
combined with an appropriate level of succession planning.
A significant proportion of revenues of the business are 
denominated in US dollars. Although the majority of expenditure 
is also denominated in this currency, there remains an exposure 
to movements between the US dollar and other world currencies. 
Currency risk
The Group’s treasury policy is to minimise holding currency (where 
practical) in an entity with a different functional currency to 
minimise the impact on Group profit before tax. 
It is of fundamental importance in maintaining a sustainable 
long-term business that the Group is aware and takes action 
to mitigate competitive threats, whether from technological 
change, or from competition.
Intellectual property 
infringement 
Effort is directed to ensure that the Group invests in appropriate 
and focused research and development activity and monitors 
technological advances and competitor activity. Linked to this, 
the Group is committed to protecting its technology by the 
development and/or purchase of patents and will take appropriate 
action to defend its Intellectual Property rights or ensure infringers 
enter into licensing arrangements. The Group capitalises appropriate 
levels of development expenditure but is exposed to the risk that 
development of a specific technology could suffer impairment.
Principal risks and uncertainties
23

24
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Software and digital technology are key differentiators and are 
central to our product offering, customer interaction, service 
planning and delivery. Failure to invest or maintain software 
and systems, the loss of systems and/or data or poor system 
performance could cause a disruption to service delivery, 
impacting on performance with a potential financial impact.
Software systems and digital 
technology
The Group has clear product roadmaps and has significant resources 
focused on the continuous development and maintenance of all 
software solutions and operational systems. The Group benefits from 
well-established operating processes and procedures including 
systems and data security and disaster recovery.
Principal risks  
and uncertainties
Description of risk and uncertainty
Mitigation
Cybersecurity is a primary concern at accesso and an 
ever‑increasing threat on businesses. 
Cybersecurity 
We take a multi-layer approach to security, employing many 
solutions to protect our systems at every level including vulnerability 
management, intrusion detection and endpoint protection. 
We conduct aggressive penetration testing throughout the year 
and against all of our platforms. All of the above is built upon 
an ever‑expanding set of policies that govern our approach to 
engagement, security and response. 
We also recognise that the first, and most likely, point of attack 
is against our people and go to great lengths to provide training 
on the types of attacks they may encounter and vulnerabilities to 
which they are subject. This includes, but is not limited to, regular 
phishing simulations at varying degrees of sophistication followed 
up by additional training and clarification. As attacks become more 
sophisticated and customised, our staff need to understand how 
to recognise and respond, as they are the last line of defence when 
something slips through our various protections.
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
The physical climate impact on our client’s ability to deliver 
reliable services to end customers remains a key concern. This 
risk is broad and covers the impact of changing customer and 
supplier behaviour, as well as the transition risk arising from 
changing regulation. 
Environmental risks
Further information on our response and strategy to mitigate 
environmental risks are set out in our Taskforce on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) on pages 32 to 33.

25
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Principal risks  
and uncertainties
Description of risk and uncertainty
Mitigation
Acquiring differing businesses with differing technologies, 
people, competencies and processes creates risk to both the 
customers and services being acquired, and the Group’s existing 
operating model. Given the Group’s significant surplus cash 
balance and acquisition appetite, this is considered an increasing 
risk. The Group considers this risk split into three main areas.
Acquisition target risk – the risk that the Group is unable to 
identify suitable acquisition targets. 
Acquisition integration risk – the risk that completed acquisitions 
are not integrated into the underlying business in an efficient 
or effective way leading to potential loss of customers and 
employees from the acquired business. 
Post-acquisition performance risk – the risk that the acquired 
business may not perform as well as expected or synergies may 
not be delivered as planned. This has the potential to adversely 
impact both cash flow and profits post-acquisition. 
Business growth and related 
acquisition risk
Acquisition target risk is managed by a combination of internal 
resource dedicated to identifying targets complemented by strong 
relationships with external advisors.
Acquisition integration risk is managed by detailed planning, 
including active participation from the vendors to ensure 
acquisitions are integrated effectively.
Post-acquisition performance risk is mitigated through due diligence 
and integration planning including the use of experts throughout 
the acquisition process.
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
25
25

26
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
A Director of the Company must act in accordance with a 
set of general duties. These duties are detailed in Section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006, summarised as follows:
•	 Consider the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term 
•	 Consider the interests of the Company’s employees 
•	 Need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and other key stakeholders
•	 Review and assess the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment
•	 Maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and 
•	 Act fairly between members of the Company 
In discharging its Section 172 duties, the Board has considered the factors set out above and the views of 
key stakeholders. 
Engaging, consulting and acting on the needs of different stakeholders is critical for the development and 
delivery of a culture and strategy that achieves long-term success. accesso undertakes meaningful engagement 
with its stakeholder groups to build trust and supports the ethos of Section 172.
These priorities reflect the need to consider the interests of our staff and the need to keep pace with market 
initiatives and technological changes so the business is appropriately positioned to take best advantage of 
market conditions. The strategic priorities are cascaded down to individuals within the business through the 
Performance and Development Review process.
The Board confirms that, during the year, the Board and its individual members have acted in a way that 
would be most likely to promote the success of the Company, for the benefit of its members as a whole, 
in the decisions made by the Board during the year. The Directors confirm that the deliberations of the Board, 
which underpin its decisions, incorporate appropriate regard to the matters detailed in section 172(1) of the 
Companies Act 2006. During the year, the Board considered information from across the Group’s businesses 
and received presentations from management, reviewed papers and reports and took part in discussions which 
considered, where relevant, the impact of the Company’s activities on its key stakeholders. These activities, 
together with direct engagement by the Board and individual Directors with the Company’s stakeholders, 
helped to inform the Board in its decision-making processes.
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 statement
Compliance with Section 172 of the Companies Act

27
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 statement continued
accesso’s customers and suppliers are key to 
the long-term success of our business. We 
seek to grow and maintain our customer 
base and select suppliers to ensure our 
reputation is preserved, protecting our 
position as the leading technology provider 
of choice for tomorrow’s attractions, venues 
and institutions to help us achieve our 
growth ambitions. 
Shareholders play an important role in the 
success and growth of the Group and, as 
proved during the pandemic year, were able 
to provide a source of equity to insulate 
the business. In addition, shareholders 
provide important feedback to the Executive 
Directors on market conditions, expectations, 
and economic performance.
Customers and suppliers
Shareholders
They are key business partners and we set out our relationship in terms of business or service level agreements. We maintain 
oversight of these arrangements, as well as making sure our customers receive an appropriate level of disclosure.
We listen to our customers and invest in research and development because our industries demand it, our clients benefit from it and 
it makes a positive impact on the guest experience. Our innovative technology solutions allow venues to increase the volume and 
range of on-site spending and to drive increased transaction-based revenue through cutting-edge ticketing, point-of-sale, virtual 
queuing, distribution and experience management software.
Many of our team members have direct, hands-on experience working in the venues we serve. In this way, we are experienced 
operators who run a technology company serving attraction operators, versus a technology company that happens to serve the 
market. Our staff understand the day-to-day operations of managing complex venues and the challenges this creates, and together 
we strive to provide our clients and their guests with technology that empowers them to do more and enjoy more. From our agile 
development team to our dedicated client service specialists, every team member knows that their passion, integrity, commitment, 
teamwork and innovation are what drive our success.
We have an ongoing dialogue with shareholders through formal communication of financial results on a yearly and half yearly basis; 
we also provide periodic market updates and the required press releases to ensure compliance with the AIM rules. We engage with 
substantial shareholders to ensure that the strategic direction of the business is aligned with their expectations. Further details on 
how shareholder engagement is maintained is outlined in the Corporate Governance Report on page 42.
Stakeholder group
Why they are important
How we engage
Engaged, enabled, empowered employees 
who contribute to the best of their ability 
are fundamental to the long-term success 
of the business. We seek to attract, develop 
and retain high-calibre staff, and as a 
consequence, our customers can be assured 
that the service they receive is among the 
best available.
Employees
The Group’s policy is to consult and engage with employees, by way of meetings, surveys and through personal contact by Directors 
and other senior executives, on matters likely to affect employees’ interests. Information on matters of concern to employees is given 
in meetings, emails, letters and reports, which seek to achieve a common awareness on the part of all employees on the financial 
and economic factors affecting the Group’s performance. 
We maintain oversight of their performance through an annual performance and development review process. We seek to offer 
appropriate levels of remuneration which we benchmark using market surveys. We value our employees’ thoughts and ideas and 
two-way communication is actively sought and encouraged. An anonymous Staff Engagement Survey was conducted during the 
year, the results of which were considered in detail by management and helped to inform and guide subsequent strategic decisions 
that were made. Our expected standards of behaviour are set out in our Code of Business, which all staff are expected to adhere to.

28
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
In 2024, the need for relevant Environmental, Social, 
and Governance (ESG) policies and practices has become 
even more evident. Climate action remains a priority 
with increasing emphasis on climate resilience and 
adaptation, particularly for our industry, as shown by 
rising frequency of acute climate events such as flooding, 
tropical storms and wildfires. 
The rapid advancement of technologies such 
as AI is also reshaping industries, bringing both 
opportunities and new challenges, whilst ESG 
regulations require increasing company action. 
In response to these developments, we recognise 
the need to continuously evolve and embed 
ESG into our operations, and are committed to 
strengthening our ESG policies and practices as 
necessary. Environmentally, we remain committed 
to decarbonising our business – in 2022 we 
launched our Climate Policy, in 2023 we established 
our ESG Committee with, among other things, 
responsibility for the Climate Policy’s continued 
implementation, and in 2024 we have further 
formalised the responsibilities of this Committee 
including implementation and oversight of our 
decarbonisation actions. Socially, we endeavour to be 
a strong advocate of equal opportunity, diversity and 
ethical business conduct. In Governance, we work 
hard to ensure our procedures and management are 
conducive to managing the risks and opportunities 
posed by environmental and social issues, as well 
as achieving our own performance targets, with the 
Board constantly reviewing appropriate governance 
structures. Below we outline our ESG performance 
during 2024 and what we are aiming to accomplish 
in 2025 and beyond.
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report)

29
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Climate Policy 
We developed the Group’s Climate Policy in 2022, which applies to all current and future operations and 
subsidiaries, in recognition of the increasing urgency of climate action and the role accesso plays in reaching 
global climate targets, including limiting global warming to 1.5°C as outlined in the Paris Agreement. We remain 
committed to achieving Net Zero in Scope 1 (fuel in operations) and Scope 2 (purchased electricity in 
operations) emissions by 2035, and being Net Zero across all scopes by 2050.
Year-on-year between 2023 and 2024, using a location-based calculation, our total emissions have increased 
slightly by around 4.7 tCO2e. However, this increase is almost entirely driven by the inclusion of the additional 
Scope 3 emissions sources previously referenced. Removing these sources from our calculation and comparing 
emissions on a like-for-like basis, we are pleased to note that our emissions have decreased by approximately 
150 tCO2e. We also note that, whilst our Scope 2 emissions have marginally increased by 4.8 tCO2e, this can be 
attributed to our newly opened Winter Park office in the US and the inclusion of a full year of data for our Italy, 
Singapore and Dubai offices which were acquired in late H1 2023. We have also calculated our market-based 
emissions for the first time in 2024, with the ‘contractual’ Scope 2 emissions of our UK office at effectively zero 
(further detail on our emissions breakdown is provided later in this report). We will continue to shift our offices onto 
renewable energy contracts (backed by instruments such as renewable energy guarantees of origin).
In 2024, we have made further demonstrable progress on several of the commitments set out under our Climate 
Policy. This includes expanding the scope of our carbon footprint calculations, developing decarbonisation 
recommendations based on this expanded analysis, and determining how our ESG Committee can be utilised 
to implement and oversee these recommendations and related actions. 
Moving forwards, we will consider whether the GHG analysis conducted this year will allow us to disclose a 
baseline carbon footprint against which we can benchmark Net Zero progress. We will continue to develop and 
refine our decarbonisation recommendations and consider transition plan disclosures at an appropriate time.
The Board is pleased with the progress made during what has been a very busy year for the business, making 
significant progress in understanding our main sources of emissions and where best to focus our efforts to 
reduce the Group’s carbon footprint. The Board remains committed to continuing our Net Zero journey in 2025.
Following its creation in 2023, the ESG Committee assumed responsibility for our Climate Policy implementation 
and oversight. The Group’s Climate Policy is reviewed on an ongoing basis by the Board, who remain 
accountable for its adherence. An updated version, in line with our progress, is available on the Group’s website 
https://www.accesso.com/about/environmental-social-and-governance. 
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Environment 
accesso recognises the importance of climate change and is committed to minimising negative impact on 
the environment by transitioning to a Net Zero business by 2050 and investing in our environmental strategy 
as needed.
In 2023, the Group’s focus was on integrating acquired businesses into our carbon footprint calculations 
whilst taking steps to reduce our emissions. In 2024, we continued to progress our decarbonisation approach, 
focussing on expanding the analysis of our carbon footprint to identify all significant sources of emissions across 
Scopes 1, 2 & 3, understanding our emissions hotspots, and developing targeted recommendations to reduce 
emissions based on this analysis.
The expansion of our carbon footprint analysis has been focussed on our Scope 3 (value chain) sources 
of emissions. Within Scope 3, Category 1 – Purchased Goods & Services has been updated to include 
cradle‑to‑gate emissions associated with the production and transportation of our accesso Prism wearables, 
and we have added Category 2 – Capital Goods emissions associated with purchased laptops, which make up 
the majority of our office equipment purchases. Based on estimated analysis, these inclusions mean that we 
now account for up to 95% of emissions across all scopes and sources. More detail on our carbon footprint 
is available on page 34.
We have used analysis of our carbon footprint to develop and refine our approach to decarbonisation, 
balancing our interim and long-term commitments with where our actions can have the most impact. In 2024, 
we identified a number of decarbonisation actions that will be implemented and overseen through our ESG 
Committee across 2025 and beyond.
Our ESG Committee has reviewed and approved our climate-related assessment in line with the Taskforce on 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. Our prior risks and responses remain valid, 
highlighting the resilience of our business and allowing us to prepare for and minimise climate-related impacts. 
In line with TCFD guidance and best practice, we will revisit our scenario analysis as necessary, updating our 
scenarios to account for newer data and our own understanding of how climate-related risks have started to 
crystallise – for example the effects of acute and chronic weather shifts affecting our clients’ locations.
We look forward to progressing the Group’s climate strategy further in 2025, concentrating on changes that will 
maximise footprint reduction whilst balanced against the Group’s plans for business growth.

30
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Climate-related financial disclosures 
As an AIM-quoted company in the UK with almost 700 employees globally, accesso is required to report in line 
with climate-related regulation, which is based on the Taskforce on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
recommendations. This is accesso’s second report in line with the TCFD requirements and we engaged an ESG 
consultancy to support us with this disclosure. 
The regulation has two main objectives. The first is to support accesso’s identification and management of any 
climate-related risks and opportunities that present a material risk to the long-term success of the business, and 
secondly to disclose the key findings to interested stakeholders. 
The regulation requires an assessment of both the risks and opportunities that result from physical climate 
change, e.g., increases in the frequency of extreme weather events as a result of global temperature rises, and 
those that result from the transition to a Net Zero economy, where human-caused greenhouse gas emissions 
are largely eliminated.
Assessing and documenting the Group’s climate-related risks and opportunities has been a natural extension 
of our climate strategy and we remain pleased with the outcomes. Our ESG Committee has re-reviewed and 
approved our climate-related risks and opportunities and are satisfied that they capture all that are relevant to 
the business at this time. The physical climate impact on our client’s ability to deliver reliable services to end 
customers remains our key concern and we note that this risk is increasingly crystallising through chronic and 
acute changes in weather. However, we remain confident in the responses we have in place and the resilience 
of our business to the physical and transitional impacts of climate change moving forwards.
We are excited about the role we can play in the expected transition to a Net Zero future, both within our 
industry and across the communities with which we interact.
Governance
Significant climate-related risks and opportunities are ultimately the responsibility of the Board, who remain 
committed to ensuring the risk management framework and internal controls are appropriate for the Group 
and oversee the Group risk register. 
In 2023, we established an ESG Committee, with senior representation from across the organisation. The ESG 
Committee has responsibility for identifying and managing all ESG-related risks and opportunities, including 
climate-related items. If the Committee identifies any risks or opportunities that require executive level input, 
decisions, or awareness, this will be escalated to Matthew Boyle, as CFO, and then up to the Board as required. 
Any decisions or guidance from the Board will be passed back to the ESG Committee to execute. Where 
subsequent actions are required, the most appropriate Committee member is assigned as the action owner, 
and they are responsible for overseeing the execution of the action as well as reporting progress back to 
the Committee. 
Jody Madden, Non-Executive Director, in her capacity to drive forward ESG initiatives and facilitate ESG-related 
risk assessment, would flag any concerns with the Group’s climate-related risk management to the Board and 
independently, if required to the Audit Committee, on which she also sits.
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
30

31
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Climate-related financial disclosures continued
Strategy
accesso’s strategy to partner with and provide technology solutions which improve the guest experiences of 
leisure attraction operators globally, is impacted by climate change, given that many of the Group’s products 
and services are used for outdoor activities. 
As part of the Group’s climate-related reporting, the ESG Committee is responsible for testing the resilience 
of our business model and strategy against two climate-related scenarios. These scenarios stress test the two 
extremes of likely future states – extreme physical climate change in the “Climate Chaos” scenario, and an 
extreme transition to Net Zero in the “Proactive Transition” scenario:
Scenario 
Summary of assumptions within the assessed timeframe, to 2050
“Climate Chaos”, business‑as-
usual scenario, aligned to 
Representative Concentration 
Pathway (RCP) 8.5, which will see 
a temperature rise of 4°C by 2100.
•	 Significant rise in global temperatures and sea level, resulting in a 
significant increase in acute weather events.
•	 Continued use of coal, oil, and gas.
•	 No regulatory burden to decarbonise.
“Proactive Transition”, achieving 
Net-Zero in 2050 with a 1.5°C 
warming in 2100 following the 
Representative Concentration 
Pathway (RCP) 2.6.
•	 Increases in policy and regulation globally to mandate 
decarbonisation.
•	 Transition to renewable energy.
•	 Rise in global temperatures and sea levels with resulting increase in 
acute weather events, at a lesser extent.
In line with TCFD best practice, we have conducted our climate-related scenario analysis in a qualitative manner 
to serve as a robust framework to analyse and understand our core climate-related risks and opportunities. 
We expect to further quantify this over time, and already classify our risks based on their order of magnitude. 
Our analysis is focused on the Group’s core product and revenue lines, and our core operational footprint. 
We identified six (6) risks and two (2) opportunities which are set out in the following table, detailing the 
possible impact and our response.
The impacts of the risks and opportunities have been assessed and mapped against three time-horizons 
aligned to the Group’s Net Zero strategy.
A	
Short term: 2023 – 2025
B	
Medium term: 2025 – 2035: in line with the Group’s interim Net Zero target
C	
Long term: 2035 – 2050: in line with the Group’s Net Zero 2050 target
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued

32
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Climate-related financial disclosures continued
This analysis highlights our business’s climate resilience and the opportunities that both the Net Zero transition and physical climate changes may present. Whilst we believe our current mitigation and realisation plans, 
outlined below, are sufficient to manage these risks, we will continue to monitor them at least annually through our ESG Committee. For FY24, the Committee has reviewed and approved the identified risks and opportunities, 
confirming that our responses remain adequate. As we near the end of our short-term planning cycle, we plan to revisit our scenario analysis in line with best practice, which recommends conducting this exercise 
approximately every three years.
Physical Climate Risks 
Theme
Description & Impact
Response & Strategy
Time horizon
Chronic (longer 
term shifts in 
weather patterns) 
& Acute (increased 
frequency and 
severity of extreme 
weather events)
Rising temperatures and an increase in extreme weather events may reduce 
customers’ service availability and reliability to consumers.
Any impact to our customers’ ability to provide their services will directly impact our 
transactional revenue.
Significant examples identified:
a) extreme weather events for outdoor venues (notably temperature rises and rainfall)
b) low-altitude ski-resort reduced seasons as a result of reduced snow-assuredness
We are focused on growing an increasingly diverse customer base, including new 
global locations, indoor venues, and higher altitude ski resorts.
We are committed to work with our customers to support the adaptation of their 
businesses in response to the impact of climate change, including sharing lessons 
learned across the industry and insights from our data.
We are also committed to supporting the industries and communities in which we work 
and will identify opportunities to engage in initiatives that support climate adaptation 
and resilience innovation, for example the external Protect Our Winters initiative in 
North America which includes diversifying the use of ski infrastructure. 
Medium Term, 
Long Term
Chronic 
Supplier’s response to climate change, including implementation of adaptation 
strategies and building resilience into their business, may result in increased costs 
to their customers, including accesso, notably from third-party data centres.
accesso works with enterprise grade cloud-based data centre providers based in global 
locations. Our main suppliers have robust Net Zero strategies which will reduce the 
likelihood of rapid and unplanned adaptation which would result in higher costs to be 
passed on. We will continue to work with our data centre suppliers and monitor climate 
change mitigation and adaptation strategies, for example improvements in energy 
efficiency and server cooling efficiency, to better understand and mitigate this risk and 
account for any significant cost increases in our future cash flow accounting.
Medium Term
Chronic & Acute
Physical climate events may result in disruption to accesso’s operational efficiency as a 
result of communication infrastructure down-time for our predominantly remote-based 
team, impacting employee efficiency.
We have a robust Disaster Recovery plan in place across accesso’s operations and we 
consider Disaster Recovery in our procurement process to mitigate disruptions as a 
result of acute climate impacts.
We will continue to monitor this risk and identify opportunities to build additional 
resilience within the organisation, including leveraging the global nature of our team.
Long Term
Chronic 
Rising temperatures may increase inflation globally, which may reduce consumer 
discretionary spend, especially within the leisure and tourism industry, impacting 
accesso’s revenue. 
There may also be a likely smaller impact, due to increases in accesso’s cost base – 
considering both staff and suppliers.
We monitor inflation risk across our business, and if required in the future, we 
will build in provisions into our accounting methodology. We do not believe it is 
currently required.
Where possible, our contracts for long-term agreements include a clause to increase 
our fees in line with inflation. 
Medium Term, 
Long Term
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued

33
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Transition Risks
Theme
Description & Impact
Response
Time horizon
Policy & Legal, 
Market
Transition to Net Zero may result in travel restrictions and increased costs of travel. 
This may impact accesso’s sales and marketing strategy (e.g. attendance at tradeshows 
and customer sites) as well as limiting in-person team events.
We measure the Group’s business travel and resulting emissions in our carbon 
footprint reporting annually. 
We are updating the Group’s Business Travel Policy and engaging our staff in an 
awareness campaign to help reduce our business travel. We will continue to identify 
and implement business travel decarbonisation initiatives, including consideration 
to the Group’s Sales and Marketing strategy.
Medium Term, 
Long Term
Policy & Legal
Transition to Net Zero will highly likely result in increased regulation and carbon 
taxation, both of which will introduce costs to accesso, as well as a risk of fines and 
reputational damage as a result of not responding adequately. 
We will continue to monitor for new climate-related regulations to enable a response in 
a timely manner to help mitigate risk of fines and engage external support if required.
As levels of carbon taxation are better understood, we can consider accounting 
for these in our future cost models. We have established a Net Zero strategy and 
committed to be Net Zero by 2050 with a significant reduction by 2035, which will 
help minimise the impact of this risk.
Short Term, 
Medium Term, 
Long Term
Climate-Related Opportunities
Theme
Description & Impact
Response
Time horizon
Markets
Rising temperatures may increase customers’ service availability and reliability to 
consumers, resulting in increased revenue for accesso. 
Significant examples identified:
a)	 Seasonal theme park and other warm weather customers will be able to open 
for longer periods in the year. 
b)	 Increased demand for virtual queuing use at outside venues to avoid queuing 
in the potentially dangerous heat.
We will consider physical climate changes within the Group’s sales and marketing 
strategy to help realise these opportunities, targeting customers who will be most 
greatly impacted by climate change.
Medium Term, 
Long Term
Resilience
A transition to Net Zero will result in an increased demand for greener products and 
service providers, increasing customers’ demand for accesso’s low-carbon solutions as 
they seek to meet their own Net Zero targets.
accesso’s solutions allow clients to reduce resource use (paper and energy) and operate 
within the cloud.
We continue to invest in our Net Zero strategy to achieve Net Zero by 2050 and make 
significant reductions by 2035.
We are working on establishing our detailed roadmap to achieve our 2035 target and 
we will continue to report publicly on this to all stakeholders including to customers.
Medium Term, 
Long Term

34
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Risk Management 
In 2022 we engaged a consultancy to support the Group’s Environment and Climate strategy, which included 
setting our approach for the scenario analysis. In 2023 we engaged an ESG consultancy specialising in 
services for AIM-listed companies, to support the scenario analysis, identification of, and plan for, the ongoing 
management of climate-related risks and opportunities and to support our disclosures. Our ongoing approach 
taken to identify, assess and manage the risks is outlined below:
Identify: Climate-related risks were initially identified at a scenario workshop held with senior representatives 
from across the business including Board representation by our CFO. Attendees were asked to consider the 
potential impact of the two climate scenarios outlined above, with respect to identifying and assessing potential 
risks and opportunities. Whilst a wider long list of climate-related risks and opportunities was identified, six 
(6) risks and two (2) opportunities were deemed to be relevant. These risks are reviewed and updated on an 
ongoing basis as required.
Assess: The likelihood and potential impact of identified risks and opportunities was set at our initial scenario 
workshop but is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Analysis includes the impacts to the Group’s own business and 
our value chain operations, covering categories such as potential changes in revenues, expenditures and asset 
values. Six (6) risks and two (2) opportunities are considered as having a material impact to the Group strategy 
and business model if left unmanaged. The reported risks and opportunities are mapped to time-horizons 
in‑line with the scenario assumptions. 
Manage: For all risks and opportunities identified, management plans have been established. Plans include 
actions already underway, and any additional activities which could and should be done to build out accesso’s 
response. Environmental risk, of which our climate-related risks are a subset, is one of our principal risks, 
managed through the Group’s risk management and internal control systems. 
Risks, opportunities and associated mitigation and realisation plans are reviewed and approved by the ESG 
Committee at least annually, with new risks and opportunities added as necessary. The ESG Committee has 
responsibility for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks and opportunities and for escalating 
any material risks and opportunities to the CFO and then ultimately the Board. At this time, no new risks have 
been identified as significant for the Board’s attention and the existing Environmental risk in the Group Risk 
Register is deemed to be sufficient.
Metrics & Targets 
In 2022 we committed to be Net Zero across the business and the Group’s value chain by 2050. We also 
committed to achieving Net Zero in Scope 1 (fuel in offices) and Scope 2 (purchased electricity) emissions, 
whilst making significant reductions in our Scope 3 (value chain emissions) by 2035. We will use our greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions to monitor the Group’s identified Net Zero transition risks and opportunities. This year we 
further expanded our emission calculations, aiming to capture all significant sources of emissions across our 
operations and value chain. Our footprint now includes our global Scope 1 and Scope 2, as well as our most 
material Scope 3 emissions including:
•	 Category 1 – Purchased Goods & Services: this covers emissions from key cloud service providers and 
cradle‑to-gate emissions from accesso Prism wearables.
•	 Category 2 – Capital Goods: this covers cradle-to-gate emissions from laptops purchased for our hybrid 
and remote workers.
•	 Category 6 – Business Travel: this covers employee business travel (including air, train, car, taxi and hotel stays).
•	 Category 7 – Employee Commuting: this covers emissions associated with employee homeworking 
(that are not captured under other categories). 
We have focused the expansion of the Group’s carbon footprint calculation on those areas we believe are most 
material to our business. Based on estimated analysis, we believe the sources included in our carbon footprint 
now cover up to 95% of all our emissions. Our key next steps will be to agree a baseline carbon footprint 
covering all our material emission categories (subject to the inclusion of any final emissions sources), finalise 
the procedures we will use to oversee our decarbonisation activities and management of climate-related risks 
and opportunities (including relevant reporting against agreed metrics & targets) and agree the actions to 
prioritise as part of our wider decarbonisation plan as we progress towards the Group’s Net Zero targets. We are 
committed to continuing investment in our climate strategy to achieve these objectives.
Understanding our footprint
This is the fourth year calculating the Group’s carbon footprint, and this year we have made further steps to 
extend our understanding of our global footprint and scope of reporting:
•	 We extended our calculations, across all scopes, to account for staff in new locations. This included both 
remote workers as well as the opening of our new Winter Park office in the US.
•	 We calculated market-based* Scope 2 emissions for the first time, reflecting the ‘contractual reality’ of our 
emissions. We were only able to source accurate emissions factors for 3 office locations, with other office energy 
providers unable to provide contractual emissions factors, and this is an area we expect to improve over time. 
Where contractual emissions factors were not available, we used grid-averages (the residual mix).
•	 We expanded our Scope 3 Category 1 (Purchased Goods & Services) calculation to include estimated 
cradle‑to-gate emissions from our accesso Prism wearables. This covers their materials sourcing, manufacture 
and delivery. We expect these emissions to fluctuate year-on-year in line with customer demand.
•	 We included Scope 3 – Category 2 (Capital Goods) emissions for the first time, focussing on laptops for our 
hybrid and remote workers
* 	
Market-based reporting reflects the emissions from the specific electricity contracts purchased by a company. Emissions factors are 
derived from contractual instruments that can include any type of contract between two parties for the sale and purchase of energy 
bundled with attributes about energy generation.
The Group’s environmental metrics have been produced in line with the Streamlined Energy & Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) framework. Our methodology is in alignment with the GHG-Protocol Corporate Accounting 
Standard and supplemented by guidance from the Eco Act for remote working emissions. We engaged a 
third‑party consultant to support us with our calculations and have aligned the methodology to previous years, 
using up to date Emissions Factors globally where available.

35
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Understanding our footprint continued
This year, we have restated our 2023 emissions to account for more accurate assumptions for our Scope 3 
Category 7 (Employee Commuting) emissions and for an overstatement of our Scope 3 Category 1 (Purchased 
Goods & Services) emissions. We will continue to review and update historic emissions where new data or 
methodologies become available that allow us to more accurately report our emissions over time, whilst 
ensuring consistent year-on-year reporting.
In 2024 the Group’s total carbon footprint has increased slightly, by 4.7 tCO2e. However, new Scope 3 emissions 
sources included in the 2024 calculation (associated with cradle-to-gate emissions of accesso Prism wearables 
and purchased laptops) have contributed 154 tCO2e. When directly comparing emissions of FY24 Scope 1 (fuel), 
Scope 2 (electricity) and Scope 3 (value chain) categories with FY23, on a like-for-like basis, emissions have 
reduced by around 150 tCO2e. This is driven by 3 main factors:
1)	 A reduction in Group air travel of circa 600,000 km. This contributed to a reduction in Scope 3 – Business 
Travel emissions of approximately 87 tCO2e.
2)	 A reduction in UK and US headcount which contributed to the majority of the 44 tCO2e reduction in Scope 
3 – Employee Commuting emissions.
3)	 The decommissioning of one of our cloud service providers, which contributed to the majority of the 
23 tCO2e reduction in Scope 3 – Purchased Goods & Services emissions (excluding accesso Prism wearables 
from the comparison).
Due to the predominantly remote working operating model that the Group follows, homeworking emissions 
account for c. 42% of total. Business travel, including hotel stays, also accounts for c. 42% of total emissions. 
Based on our 2024 carbon footprint, 97% of our emissions (using a location-based calculation) relate to Scope 3. 
It should be noted that homeworking calculations are reliant on numerous assumptions that can be more or less 
conservative. We have opted to take a less conservative approach, reflecting a higher potential impact. If more 
accurate methods of calculating homeworking emissions become available in the future, this may improve the 
accuracy of these results.
Decarbonisation 
We have taken several steps to measure and reduce the Group’s carbon footprint during 2024. The below 
summarises the Group’s key initiatives we adopt to reduce emissions. 
Our product and technology
We support our customers in reducing paper consumption through using our digital ticket platforms, and 
venue applications such as digital maps and activity guides. However, we recognise that while reducing 
paper‑usage, this simultaneously increases mobile phone usage, requiring capacity and run-time on the 
Group’s third-party data centre servers, which can result in increased electricity use.
We employ global leading cloud service providers, Amazon Web Services, Microsoft, and Google, who all 
have robust Net Zero policies and customer emission reporting tools. A key activity in 2024 has been the 
decommissioning of one of our service providers, which has reduced the Group’s carbon footprint in the 
immediate term. 
In house, the Group’s engineering team is always looking to increase efficiency across our technology stack, 
delivering benefits to our clients and customers, reducing the Group’s emissions, as well as increasing the 
scalability and long-term sustainability of our products. Many of these initiatives are embedded into the 
Group’s standard ways of working. Initiatives undertaken include:
•	 We continually identify and implement resource optimisation initiatives, for example, minimising idle 
computing resources, and are in the process of transitioning to serverless architecture.
•	 We transition non-critical workloads to run during lower-carbon intensity periods. 
•	 The Group’s regional data centre location strategy helps to reduce our cloud energy consumption.
•	 We identify opportunities to reduce the computational resources required to run our software and invest 
in our code to reduce technical debt and write out inefficiencies. 
•	 We continually evolve our technology to employ the latest in innovative solutions that help reduce 
energy usage.
Our offices
Being a software company and with the transition to a remote working model for a significant proportion of 
our staff, the Group’s Scope 1 (fuel) and 2 (electricity) emissions remain comparatively light. Inside our offices, 
we try to keep our energy usage and waste production to a minimum. We do this by considerate use of space, 
where our LED lighting and heating or air-conditioning turn off automatically in spaces we do not use at that 
time. We previously conducted a detailed assessment of the Group’s Waste and Water usage across all our 
office space. Whilst the quality of data was low for certain locations, even a worst-case scenario resulted in very 
minimal emissions. We employ recycling schemes in each of our offices where available and reuse material 
where possible. IT equipment waste comprises of outdated end-user hardware (for example laptops, mobile 
devices, peripherals) which is only replaced as needed, and we minimise e-waste where possible by recycling 
all hardware at the end-of-life.
In addition, the use of third-party cloud data centres eliminates waste related to servers, network equipment, 
and other physical infrastructure within the Group’s own operations. For our accesso Prism product, we reuse 
the straps and any reusable components. The remaining parts are recycled by an accredited recycling company 
in the UK and Europe, following the Regulations: restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) and the Waste 
Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE). In the US, these non-reusable parts are disposed of by our 
partner that recycles components wherever possible. In 2024, we estimated the cradle-to-gate emissions of our 
accesso Prism product for the first time. We will continue to monitor these emissions over time and may consider 
a more detailed product life cycle assessment if necessary.

36
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Our staff
Our employees are critical stakeholders in the Group’s decarbonisation journey. We require them to think about 
and take steps to reduce their carbon emissions as they pertain to their work, from taking decisions to reduce 
business travel where possible, to reducing their energy usage when working in an office or at home.
To reflect the Group’s dependency on our employees, we have an employee Sustainable Awareness Program, 
used to educate our staff on accesso’s climate strategy and their role in delivering on our Net Zero ambition. 
We also have a Climate Channel, as a safe space for employees to share green initiatives and provide educational 
resources, identifying steps that can be taken by individuals to reduce their impact on the environment. 
We have a Group Business Travel Policy and remain committed to reduce business travel where compatible with 
our growth ambitions and commitment to delivering shareholder value. 
Whilst we understand that most homeworking emissions are created by home office heating and cooling, 
we regularly monitor energy consumption and carbon emissions of remote work setups and have a policy 
to improve power saving on company laptops. The Group’s standard home office hardware is lower energy 
consumption models for all new and replacement requirements. We ensure the delivery of office equipment is 
direct from producer to employee, minimising the Transmission and Distribution emissions of new equipment. 
We will continue to invest in the Group’s Sustainable Awareness Program, adding in new resources to 
build understanding of our staff’s role and building a feeling of accountability in achieving accesso’s 
2050 Net Zero ambition.
Our Environmental Metrics 
Scope Definitions
Scope 1: Direct emissions from owned or controlled sources.
Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the generation of purchased electricity, steam, heating, and cooling. 
Scope 3: All other indirect emissions that occur in a company’s value chain. accesso has chosen to report on 
Category 1, 2, 6 and 7 emissions. For Category 7, we have included the Group’s homeworking emissions for 
home office equipment, heating, and cooling. We have not included any further elements of Category 7.
Energy Use (MWh)
 
2024
2023
Non-renewable fuel consumed: Natural Gas
30
41
Electricity Consumption
221
170
Total
251
211
GHG Emissions by Scope (tCO2e)*
 
2024
2023
Scope 1: Natural Gas
5.8
7.6
Scope 2: Electricity (location-based)
37.8
33.0
Scope 3: Electricity (market-based)*
23.9
–
Subtotal (Scope 1 + 2) (location-based)
43.5
40.5
Subtotal (Scope 1 + 2) (market-based)
29.7
–
Scope 3
1,244.6
1,242.8
Total Emissions (location-based)
1,288.1
1,283.4
Total Emissions (market-based)
1,274.2
–
*	
Market-based emissions were not calculated in 2023 as accesso did not have access to contractual emissions factors from suppliers.
Scope 3 Emissions by Category (tCO2e)
 
2024
2023*
Category 1: Purchased Goods & Services
129.4
28.8
Category 2: Capital Goods
31.3
–
Category 6: Business Travel
540.2
626.4
Category 7: Employee Commuting (Homeworking only)
543.6
587.6
Total
1,244.5
1,242.8
*	
Category 1 emissions for 2023 have been restated down by 6 tCO2e due to a previous calculation error. Category 7 emissions have 
been restated up by 55 tCO2e to account for more accurate assumptions and emissions factors.

37
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
GHG Emissions by Region (tCO2e)
 
 
2024
2023
Scope 1: Natural Gas
Italy
3.6
5.0
US
2.2
2.5
Subtotal
5.8
7.5
Scope 2: Electricity (location-based)
Singapore
4.1
1.9
Canada
0.1
0.1
Italy
5.1
6.2
Mexico
2.0
2.3
UAE
1.9
1.0
UK
13.2
14.6
US
11.4
6.9
Subtotal
37.8
33.0
Scope 2: Electricity (market-based)
Singapore
4.1
–
Canada
0.1
–
Italy
5.1
–
Mexico
2.0
–
UAE
1.9
–
UK
0.0
–
US
10.7
–
Subtotal
23.9
–
Intensity Metrics
GHG Emission Intensity (tCO2e/Revenue M$)
 
2024
2023
Revenue (M$)
152.3
149.5
Scope 1
0.04
0.05
Scope 2 (location-based)
0.25
0.22
Scope 2 (market-based)
0.16
–
Scope 1 + 2 (location-based)
0.29
0.27
Scope 1 + 2 (market-based)
0.19
–
Scope 3
8.17
8.31
Total Emissions per Revenue (location-based) (M$)
8.46
8.58
Total Emissions per Revenue (market-based) (M$)
8.37
–
*	
2023 emissions intensity has been restated to 8.31 from 7.99 to account for updated Scope 3 emissions (see “Scope 3 Emissions by 
Category” table on the previous page).
GHG Emission Intensity (tCO2e/Operating Profit M$)
2024
2023
Operating Profit
13.2
9.9
All Scope Operating Profit Intensity (location-based)
97.6
129.6*
All Scope Operating Profit Intensity (market-based)
96.5
–
*	
2023 operating profit intensity has been restated to 129.6 from 124.7 to account for updated Scope 3 emissions (see “Scope 3 
Emissions by Category” table on the previous page).
GHG Emission Intensity (tCO2e/employee)
 
2024
2023
Full Time Employees (year average)*
697
670
Scope 1 & 2 Employee Intensity (location-based)
0.06
0.06
Scope 1 & 2 Employee Intensity (market-based)
0.04
–
All Scope Employee Intensity (location-based)
1.85
1.92**
All Scope Employee Intensity (market-based)
1.83
–
*	
Seasonal workers excluded from total figure.
** 	
2023 employee intensity has been restated from 1.84 to 1.92 to account for updated Scope 3 emissions (see “Scope 3 Emissions by 
Category” table on the previous page).
SECR Metrics
UK Emissions & Energy Usage – SECR
 
2024
2023
kWh
tCO2
kWh
tCO2
Scope 1: Natural Gas
–
–
–
–
Scope 2: Electricity (location-based)
63,644 
13.2
70,351 
14.6
Scope 2: Electricity (market-based)
63,644
–
–
–
Subtotal (Scope 1 + 2) (location-based)
63,644 
13.2 
70,351
14.6
Subtotal (Scope 1 + 2) (market-based)
63,644
–
–
–
Scope 3: Car Mileage
 n/a 
8.1
 n/a 
5.4
Total (location-based)
63,644
21.3 
70,351
20.0
Total (market-based)
63,644
8.1
–
–

38
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Social 
At accesso we recognise our employees are paramount to the success of our business. We continually seek 
opportunities to engage with our employees throughout the year. Our initiatives enhance employee wellbeing 
and support, which in turn, contribute to lower turnover and promote employee retention. 
We administered the ninth annual Employee Engagement Survey with 95% participation and a 4.1 overall 
average score (out of 5.0), consistent with the results in 2023 (92% participation with a score of 4.2). 
This continues to be above the 75th percentile for similarly sized organisations in our industry. 
We maintain our Employee Assistance Program (EAP) which is a confidential resource designed to support 
the wellbeing of our employees globally. It provides professional assistance for personal and work-related 
challenges, including mental health support, financial counselling, legal guidance, and wellness resources. 
Available 24/7, the EAP ensures that our employees and their families have access to the support they need, 
whenever and wherever they need it.
We launched our first ever Emerging Leader programme, which is an interactive, virtual leadership development 
programme for new or aspiring leaders. The programme is made up of two cohorts, with 25 employees from 
across the business in each.
In 2024, we onboarded 66 new hires, 5 of whom were rehires. We ended 2024 with 5.0% voluntary turnover 
(2023: 7.0%). 
Diversity
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) remains a key focus area as we work to implement a more formalised strategy 
including updated metrics and targets. We have expanded our DEI metrics to include wider gender and racial/
ethnic group representation metrics across the business. On 31 December 2024, our minority headcount was 
30% (2023: 29%) and female headcount was 34% (2023: 35%).
We have continued to partner with the National Diversity Council to assess our current diversity landscape and 
assist with the building of our future efforts.
Following the successful launch of our DEI Strategic Council in 2022, a further 4 new members were welcomed 
during 2024 for a total of 21 members. Notable Council achievements during 2024 include:
•	 We launched our Women’s Leadership Development Programme, called IgniteHER. Through IgniteHER, 
we aim to empower women and illuminate opportunities for career advancement at accesso and beyond. 
The programme is made up of 3 objectives which are to provide peer mentorship and support, volunteerism 
& advocacy, as well as access to educational and professional development resources.
•	 We launched Lean In Circles, which are small, peer led groups designed to help women across the business 
connect, grow and support one another both professionally and personally. In this first year, we had 11 
different circles with a total of 68 women.
•	 As part of our focus on creating a positive societal impact, we launched a collaboration with Technovation, 
a global tech education non-profit that empowers girls to become leaders, creators, and problem-solvers. 
Every year, with the help of grassroots organisations in over 100 countries, Technovation Girls encourages 
teams of young women to develop mobile apps and leverage AI to address issues in their own communities. 
This year smashed registration records with 31,000 girls signing up to address climate change, domestic 
violence, equality, and accessibility issues that matter to them. This year over 30 accesso employees dedicated 
their volunteer time off and expertise in helping review submissions while providing insight on ways groups 
can strengthen their pitches.
accesso’s diversity and inclusion policy, which encompasses the Board, is based on a commitment to creating an 
environment where diversity is valued and respected. We believe that business success is a direct result of the 
experience and quality of its people. Inherent within this approach is an acceptance and embracing of diversity 
in all its forms and an endorsement that the entire workforce, including the Board, be representative of the 
communities in which the Group operates. Key aims of the policy are to ensure equality, diversity and inclusion 
in the workplace and to promote a culture where everyone is treated with respect and dignity.

39
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Environmental, social and governance report (ESG report) continued
Community
accesso is a responsible member of its community; this reflects our culture and matters to our staff and local 
community. accesso has a strong culture of supporting staff in both individual and Group volunteering and 
fundraising initiatives. This includes encouraging staff to volunteer at local community projects and participate 
in local events; and providing corporate sponsorship of charitable activities.
Volunteer time off
We utilise a Volunteer Time Off (VTO) Programme for all employees to volunteer a paid day off at a charity 
of their choosing. In 2024, our employees volunteered at local food banks, local school activities, the Royal 
Berkshire Hospital, the Second Harvest Food Bank, the Ronald McDonald House, Give Kids the World, 
and the Leadership Education in Neurodevelopmental and Related Disabilities (LEND) programme at the 
University of Washington to name a few.
Charitable giving
In November 2024, accesso donated $5,000 USD to the Hurricane Relief fund through Global Giving. 
The donation was a joint effort between funds donated by employees and a match by the company. 
The money was to be used to provide supplies to those affected by Hurricanes Helene and Milton  
in the US. 
In addition, a donation of $1,000 USD was made to Angiosarcoma Awareness Inc during the year.
ESG Governance 
The governance of ESG currently falls under the responsibility of the whole Board and is a recurring Board agenda 
point. This governance structure and approach is constantly under review. On Environment, as committed to in 
our Climate Policy, we appointed a Board member with ESG-responsibilities. accesso recognises the importance 
of meeting globally recognised corporate responsibility standards and have given Jody Madden, Non-Executive 
Director, responsibility to drive forward ESG initiatives and facilitate ESG-related risk assessment. 
In 2024, we developed the role of our ESG-Committee to ensure that it was positioned to take on further 
responsibility for ESG matters such as the oversight of our decarbonisation actions and the identification, 
review and approval of climate-related risks and opportunities.
We employ an experienced Board made up of a diverse group of Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors with significant experience in the industry and as directors of other public 
companies to help us develop and adhere to best practice on governance matters. 
The 3 Non-Executive Directors are independent.

40
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
40
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Governance
The Board of Directors
41
Corporate governance report
42
Directors’ remuneration report
44
Report of the Directors
54
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
56
Independent auditor’s report to the members  
of accesso Technology Group plc
57
Governance Contents

41
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Board of Directors
Bill Russell
Non-Executive Chairman 
Bill Russell has served in a variety of roles in 
both public and private technology company 
boards, in a career spanning several decades, 
with 24 years across a number of senior 
management roles at Hewlett Packard, 
including Vice President and General Manager 
of Hewlett Packard’s multi-billion-dollar 
Enterprise Systems Group and its Software 
Solutions Group. Bill is currently Non-Executive 
Chairman at PROS Holdings, a provider of 
AI-powered solutions that optimise selling in 
the digital economy, and he is also a member 
of the Board of Directors at B.T. Mancini. 
He previously served on the boards at SABA 
Software, Inc., webMethods and Cognos. 
Bill has a BSc (Hons) in Computer Science 
from Edinburgh University and is based in the 
United States.
Bill Russell joined as the Group’s Non-Executive 
Chairman on 1 March 2019.
Appointed to the Board: 1 March 2019
Experience
Matthew Boyle
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed to the Board: 26 September 2024
Experience
Matthew was appointed to the Board 
and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on 26 
September 2024, after having previously 
been appointed Interim CFO in August 2024. 
He is an experienced practitioner who joined 
the Group in 2019. His expertise in financial 
reporting, commercial analysis, and business 
leadership supports the Group in making 
informed strategic decisions, driving growth, 
and ensuring financial stability. Prior to 
accesso, he was with BDO UK LLP for eight 
years, serving large international groups and 
AIM-listed businesses in both the audit and 
transaction services functions. 
Matthew graduated with a First-Class degree 
in Accounting and Finance from the University 
of Southampton and is a member of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales (ICAEW).
Andy Malpass
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed to the Board: 26 June 2018
Experience
Andy Malpass has 40 years experience in the 
software industry covering both private and 
public companies, including approximately 
20 years as Group Finance Director of Fidessa 
Group plc. Andy also served as Company 
Secretary of Fidessa Group plc for many 
years. Andy graduated with a BA (Hons) in 
Accounting and Finance from Lancaster 
University and is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Management Accountants. 
Andy joined accesso on 26 June 2018 as 
Independent Non-Executive Director. Andy is 
the Chair of the Audit Committee and became 
a member of the Remuneration Committee in 
March 2019. 
Jody Madden
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2021
Experience
Jody is an experienced technology leader, 
and is currently Chief Executive Officer of 
Foundry, a London-based software developer 
for the Media and Entertainment industry. 
She has 25 years of experience in Media and 
Entertainment and held a range of senior roles 
at Digital Domain, Lucasfilm and Industrial 
Light & Magic prior to joining Foundry. 
Jody has a Bachelor of Arts degree from 
Stanford University. 
Jody was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director of the Group on 1 January 2021 and 
is a member of accesso’s Audit Committee 
and Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
Steve Brown 
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed to the Board: 27 January 2020
Experience
Steve led the Company’s namesake accesso 
business from 2008, which became part 
of what is now accesso Technology Group 
plc when it was acquired from Steve in 
2012. During a period of rapid expansion 
between 2013 and 2017, the Company 
acquired Siriusware, ShoWare, Ingresso and 
TE2. Steve served as President and CEO 
from 2016 until 2018 when he departed the 
Company. He stepped back into the CEO 
role in January 2020 to reinvigorate the 
Company’s strategic plan to fully leverage the 
range of assets within its portfolio and deliver 
value‑enhancing solutions to the marketplace.
Steve brings a strong operations and finance 
background to accesso with extensive 
experience in ticketing, pricing strategy, 
eCommerce and revenue management. 
His theme park career began during college 
at Walt Disney World Resort. Over the course 
of 16 years, he held a variety of roles with 
increasing responsibility in financial planning 
and pricing strategy including Director, 
Walt Disney World Ticketing and Vice President, 
Revenue Management for Disneyland Resort, 
where he drove dramatic growth in park 
admissions and hotel revenues utilising 
strategic and promotional pricing. Prior to 
joining accesso, Steve served as the corporate 
Vice President of Ticket Strategy and Sales 
for Six Flags.
Steve received his MBA from the Goizueta 
Business School at Emory University in Atlanta 
and graduated with a BSc in Marketing from 
the University of South Florida in Tampa.

42
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The Board of Directors (the Board) continues to support achieving high standards of corporate governance and 
we remain fully compliant with the principles of the Quoted Company Alliance’s Corporate Governance Code 
2018 (the ‘QCA Code’). accesso’s adherence to high standards of ethics, values and corporate social responsibility 
are principles which underpin our governance procedures and the strategic and management decisions that we 
make. For the financial year beginning 1 January 2025 we will apply and report against the principles of the QCA 
Code 2023. Our governance model evolves to support the business and the QCA Code continues to provide a 
flexible, yet rigorous approach to support this. 
We also recognise that we have an impact on the world in which we live, our employees, and the people we 
interact with. We strive to deliver strong results to our investors through sustainable business practices across 
environmental, social and governance pillars. 
Details of how we comply with the QCA Code are set out in our Statement of Compliance, a copy of which can 
be found on our website www.accesso.com. Details of our approach to ESG can also be found under the ESG 
section of the Strategic Report on page 28 and on our website.
Board composition
The Board of Directors comprised two Executive Directors, the Non-Executive Chairman and two independent 
Non-Executive Directors for the financial year 2024. During the year Matthew Boyle was appointed Chief 
Financial Officer to replace Fern MacDonald, who sadly passed away in August 2024. Full details of the 
Directors are on page 41. 
All Directors are subject to election by shareholders at their first annual general meeting following their 
appointment to the Board and seek re-election at each annual general meeting thereafter.
Each of the Directors brings a mix of skills, experience and knowledge, the balance of which enables the Board 
to discharge its duties effectively. Upon joining the Board, Directors receive an induction on various aspects of 
the Group. The Directors receive updates from the Company Secretary and other various external advisers on 
legal requirements and regulations, remuneration matters and corporate governance best practice. 
The Board will continue to look to build further diversity into leadership and across the business, recognising 
the value of building and developing a diverse workforce at all levels. We have continued to partner with the 
National Diversity Council to assess our current diversity landscape and assist with the building of our future 
efforts. Succession planning is a continuous strategic process, and the Board has continued over the past year 
to focus on both long-term and short-term succession both for the Board and senior management. The Board, 
excluding the Chair, currently comprises of 50% independent Non-Executive Directors. 
The role of the Board
The Board is responsible for the overall leadership of the Company and setting the Company’s vision, purpose, 
values and standards. It approves the Group’s strategic aims and objectives and the annual operating and capital 
expenditure budgets and ensures maintenance of a sound system of internal control and risk management. 
There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board, which is reviewed on an annual basis. 
The Executive Directors have day-to-day responsibility for the operational management of the Group’s activities. 
The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for bringing independent and objective judgement to Board decisions 
and they also hold meetings on a regular basis to discuss matters without Executive Directors present to provide a 
forum for independent discussion. The Chairman is responsible for overseeing the running of the Board, ensuring 
that no individual or group dominates the Board’s decision-making and ensuring the Non-Executive Directors are 
properly briefed on matters. The Chief Executive Officer has responsibility for implementing the strategy of the 
Board, alongside the Chairman, and managing the day-to-day activity of the Group. The Company Secretary is 
responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are followed, and applicable rules and regulations are complied 
with. All Directors have access to the Company Secretary and are permitted to obtain independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense where they consider it necessary for them to effectively discharge their duties.
The Board has established an Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee to assist the Board in 
fulfilling its responsibilities. Both Board Committees have separate terms of reference, which along with the 
Board’s schedule of matters reserved are reviewed on a regular basis, and can be accessed on the accesso 
website. It is considered that the composition and size of the Board does not warrant the appointment of 
a Nominations Committee and appointments are dealt with by the Board as a whole. The need to appoint 
such a committee is subject to review by the Board. 
Board and Committee meetings 2024
The Company holds Board meetings regularly throughout the year. The Audit Committee held two meetings 
and the Remuneration Committee held five meetings. Attendance by Board members is shown below. 
Board
Audit Committee
Remuneration 
Committee 
Number of meetings held
11
2
5
Executive Board members
Steve Brown 
11
–
–
Fern MacDonald 
6 (6)
–
–
Matthew Boyle
4 (4)
–
–
Non-Executive Board members
Bill Russell 
11
–
–
Andy Malpass 
11
2
5
Jody Madden
11
2
5
In the event that Board approval is required between Board meetings, Board members are provided with 
supporting information to assist in making a decision. The decision of each Board member is communicated 
and recorded at the following Board meeting. Board members are aware of the time commitment required 
when joining the Board. 
The Executive Directors are not members of the Audit or Remuneration Committees but may attend the 
meetings as a guest of the Chair of the Committee.
Corporate governance report
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

43
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Board and Committee meetings 2024 continued
The Board agenda for each meeting is collated by the Chairman in conjunction with the Company Secretary. 
The agenda ensures that adequate time is spent on operational and financial issues, as well as strategic matters. 
During the course of the year, the topics subject to Board discussion at Board meetings included:
•	 Protection and support of staff 
•	 Key management and Company-wide share-based arrangements
•	 Strategic plan and annual forecast and budget
•	 Financial performance 
•	 Capital management and utilisation
•	 Succession planning and Executive recruitment
•	 Market and competitor reports
•	 Risk and internal controls
•	 Approval of annual and half year reports
•	 Share Repurchase Programme 
•	 Stakeholder engagement
•	 Governance matters
•	 Reports from the Audit and Remuneration Committees
Detailed proposal papers, management reports, progress on key initiatives and routine matters such as 
financial reports and a statement on current trading are produced in advance of meetings to enable proper 
consideration and debate of matters by the Board in its meetings. Major strategic initiatives involving significant 
cost or perceived risk are only undertaken following their full evaluation by the Board. Matters of an operational 
nature are delegated to Executive management. The Board also receives management information on a regular 
basis between formal meetings. 
The Chairman, the CEO and CFO are invited to attend the Audit and Remuneration Committee meetings if 
appropriate. Minutes of all Board and Committee meetings are recorded by the Company Secretary. 
Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee is chaired by Andy Malpass and completed by Jody Madden. 
The Committee met twice during the year to fulfil its duties. The Chief Financial Officer and external auditor 
attended meetings by invitation.
The Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the financial reporting of the Group from 
information provided by management and the auditor. As part of this, it reviews both the financial information 
and the narrative reporting within the externally published announcements and Company reports. It also 
considers the objectivity, independence and cost effectiveness of the external auditor, taking into account 
the views of management. The Committee keeps under review the effectiveness of the Group’s system of 
internal control on behalf of the Board. As part of this role, it reviews the Group’s controls and procedures 
for the evaluation, monitoring and management of risks and advises the Board on the Group’s risk strategy. 
The Executive Directors are closely involved with the management and review of business operations. 
The Audit Committee’s recommendation is that Grant Thornton UK LLP be reappointed as the Company’s 
auditor and an appropriate resolution be put to the shareholders at this year’s annual general meeting. 
Remuneration Committee
The full Remuneration Committee report is on pages 44 to 53 which includes full details of the composition and 
terms of reference of the Committee. 
Relations with shareholders
The Company and Board recognise the importance of developing and maintaining good relationships with all 
the various categories of shareholders and devote significant effort and resource in this respect.
There have been regular dialogues with shareholders during the year such as holding briefings with analysts 
and other investors, including staff shareholders. The Company held a Capital Markets Day in London in 
May 2024 that was well-attended and showcased a range of the technology solutions to both current and 
prospective shareholders. The Company also uses the annual general meeting as an opportunity to engage with 
its shareholders, where both private and institutional investors are given the opportunity to question the Board. 
The Company’s annual general meeting was held in May 2024. 
Notice of the date of the 2025 annual general meeting is included with this report. Separate resolutions on each 
substantially separate issue, in particular any proposal relating to the Annual Report and Accounts, will be made 
at the annual general meeting.
Board performance evaluation 
In the first quarter of 2025, the Board undertook a formal review which was conducted internally by the 
Company Secretary and consisted of written responses to a questionnaire. Recommendations and issues raised 
by the evaluation exercise will be used to improve the effectiveness of the Board and introduce improvements 
to Board processes during 2025. 
Bill Russell 
Non-Executive Chairman
14 April 2025
Corporate governance report continued 
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

44
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Introduction
As the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present our report setting out accesso’s 
Remuneration Policy, practice and activities during the financial year. 
Although a full remuneration report is not a requirement of an AIM-listed company, the Committee has decided 
that, as was the case last year, a comprehensive report is good practice and provides shareholders with more 
clarity around how we set and manage remuneration for our Executive Directors. 
This report gives an overview of the year, the Remuneration Policy of the Company and provides detail of the 
amounts paid in 2024, as well as how the Remuneration Policy will be implemented in the 2025 financial year. The 
Executive Directors and the Group’s Senior Leadership Team will not receive a salary increase for the 2025 financial 
year whereas the rest of the organisation received variable merit-based increases. Other benefits received by the 
Executive Directors such as retirement contributions are on the same basis as the rest of the employees. 
The Company continued to comply with the Quoted Companies Alliance’s Corporate Governance Code (the 
‘QCA Code’), and the report has been prepared in accordance with the principles of the QCA Code. The content 
of this report is unaudited unless otherwise stated. 
We hope you find the information in this report helpful to you as a shareholder. 
Information within the Directors’ remuneration report has been audited only where indicated.
Committee membership
Chair
Members
Jody Madden 
Andy Malpass
Committee membership is limited to independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company unless there is an 
insufficient number of appointed Non-Executive Directors at any point, in which case an Executive Director will 
be appointed. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. 
Role of the Committee
The Committee’s primary role is to determine, and agree with the Board, the Remuneration Policy for 
the Executive Directors and senior management as well as to oversee the remuneration of the Group, 
ensuring alignment of objectives and rewards. Within the terms of the policy, the Committee also approves 
performance‑related and discretionary awards to Executive Directors. The Committee’s full Terms of Reference 
may be viewed on accesso’s website. Senior members of accesso’s management team may attend meetings 
by invitation but will not be present when their own remuneration is discussed.
Appointment of external advisors
The Committee continued to use external independent remuneration consultants, Mercer Limited, to assist the 
Company with setting fair and balanced remuneration policies for its key management. Mercer is a signatory to, 
and adheres to, the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants (which can be found at  
www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com). 
Principal activities in 2024
The principal activities undertaken by the Committee during 2024 were as follows:
•	 Considered and approved the Company-wide adoption of the Retention Awards Plan;
•	 Reviewed and approved Company-wide salary increases with effect from January 2025; 
•	 Reviewed and approved a new Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Company-wide share award plan 
grants for 2024; 
•	 Reviewed and approved the Company-wide bonus pool for 2023;
•	 Reviewed and approved the terms of reference of the Committee; and
•	 Reviewed and approved Directors’ expenses for 2023 and the policy for authorisation.
Activities undertaken between the end of the financial year and the date of this report:
•	 Reviewed and approved the Share Dealing Code; 
•	 Reviewed and approved the bonus awards in respect of the 2024 performance year;
•	 Reviewed the annual bonus targets for the Executive Directors for the financial year 2024 and measured 
performance against them; and
•	 Reviewed and approved Directors’ expenses for 2024 and the policy for authorisation.
Remuneration Policy overview
The principal objectives of the Company’s Remuneration Policy are to attract, retain and motivate the 
Company’s Executive Directors and senior management and provide incentives that align with, and support, the 
Company’s business strategy. This objective is critical as the Company operates in a market where wage pressure 
and competition for talent continues to have a significant impact on all businesses in the sector.
The Remuneration Committee oversees the implementation of this policy and seeks to ensure that the 
Executive Directors are fairly rewarded for the Company’s performance over the short, medium and long term. 
Taking typical practice within the sector into account, the Committee has decided that a significant proportion 
of potential total remuneration should be performance related. 
The Committee will continue to monitor the salary and total remuneration for Executive Directors closely and 
reserves the right to make an increase in excess of typical UK market practice if it considers it necessary 
and appropriate, especially given the Company’s predominant presence in the US.
Focus for 2025
In the coming year, the Remuneration Committee will consider a number of matters including:
•	 approval of bonus performance measures and targets for 2025;
•	 approval of performance conditions and awards under the Company’s LTIP for 2025;
•	 approval of any awards under the Company-wide share award plan; and
•	 assessment of the ongoing appropriateness of the remuneration arrangements in light of remuneration 
trends and market practice.
Directors’ remuneration report 
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

45
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Resolutions at the AGM
accesso is committed to transparency on executive remuneration matters. As an AIM-listed company, accesso has elected to follow the requirements of the QCA Code and is fully compliant against the 2018 QCA Code. We note 
that the QCA Code has been updated and will apply to accesso from FY25 onwards. As part of this update, it is recommended that annual remuneration reports be subject to an advisory shareholder vote. Accordingly, whilst it 
is not mandatory for accesso to do this year, the Committee has agreed that the annual report on remuneration for FY24 be put to an advisory shareholder vote at our AGM in May 2025. The remuneration policy has also been 
presented for information and to give shareholders full background on the Company’s approach to remuneration.
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This section sets out accesso’s Remuneration Policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
The Policy explains the purpose and principles underlying the structure of remuneration packages and how the Policy links remuneration to the achievement of sustained high performance and long-term value creation.
Shareholders should note that approximately 61% of the Group’s workforce, including one Executive Director, are based in the US and their remuneration reflects that market, whilst recognising that the Company is UK-listed. 
Overall remuneration is structured and set at levels to enable accesso to recruit and retain high-calibre executives necessary for business success whilst ensuring that: 
•	 our reward structure, performance measures and mix between fixed and variable elements are comparable with similar organisations; 
•	 our remuneration supports the implementation of strategy and aims of the business, and effective risk management for the medium to long term; 
•	 the right behaviours, values and culture are encouraged and rewarded; and 
•	 the approach is simple to communicate to participants and shareholders.
Fixed elements of remuneration for Executive Directors
Element of remuneration
Link to Company strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Salary
Provides a set level of remuneration 
sufficient to attract and retain 
Executives with the appropriate 
experience and expertise.
The Committee takes into account a number of factors when 
setting and reviewing salaries, including:
•	 Scope and responsibility of the role;
•	 Any changes to the scope or size of the role;
•	 The skills and experience of the individual;
•	 Salary levels for similar roles within appropriate comparators; 
and
•	 Value of the remuneration package as a whole.
There is no set maximum to salary levels or salary increases. Account will be taken of 
increases applied to colleagues as a whole when determining salary increases for the 
Executive Directors, however the Committee retains the discretion to award higher 
increases where it considers it appropriate.
Benefits
Provides benefits sufficient to attract 
and retain Executives with the 
appropriate experience and expertise.
Executive Directors are eligible for the following benefits:
•	 Healthcare
•	 Life insurance
•	 Short and long-term disability insurance
The Committee recognises the need to maintain suitable flexibility in the benefits 
provided to ensure it is able to support the objective of attracting and retaining 
personnel in order to deliver the Company strategy. The maximum will be set at the 
cost of providing the benefits described.
One-off payments such as legal fees or outplacement costs may also be paid if it is 
considered appropriate.
Retirement schemes
Provides retirement scheme 
contributions sufficient to attract and 
retain Executives with the appropriate 
experience and expertise.
Executive Directors are eligible to receive employer 
contributions to the Company’s pension plan(s) (which are 
defined contribution plans) or receive a cash payment in lieu 
of pension provided it is cost neutral to the Company.
4% of salary per annum for the CEO and 8% of salary per annum for the CFO, subject 
to an annual maximum for the type of scheme per local tax and/or retirement 
regulations. To the extent that Executive Directors participate in the Company’s 
pension arrangements, they do so on the same terms as the workforce.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

46
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Variable elements of remuneration for Executive Directors
Element of remuneration
Link to Company strategy
Operation
Target opportunity
Performance metrics
Annual bonus
Variable remuneration that rewards the 
achievement of annual financial, operational 
and individual objectives integral to 
Company strategy.
Objectives are set annually based on the 
achievement of strategic goals. At the end 
of the year, the Committee meets to review 
performance against the agreed objectives 
and determines pay-out levels.
Awards are made in cash.
200% salary for the CEO and 50% salary 
for the CFO.
Awards are based on financial, operational 
and individual goals set at the start of the 
year. Up to 50% of the award will be assessed 
against the Company’s financial performance 
in that year. The remainder of the award 
will be based on achievement against 
specific personal and strategic objectives. 
The Committee reserves the right to make 
an award of a different amount produced 
by achievement against the measures if it 
believes the outcome is not a fair reflection 
of Company or personal performance.
The split between these performance 
measures will be determined annually by the 
Committee, and exceptionally during the year 
if there is a compelling reason to do so.
Long-Term Incentive 
Plans (LTIPs)
Variable remuneration designed to 
incentivise and reward the achievement of 
long-term targets aligned with shareholder 
interests. The LTIPs also provide flexibility 
in the retention and recruitment of 
Executive Directors.
Awards granted under the LTIP vest subject 
to achievement of performance conditions 
measured over a three-year period. LTIPs 
may be made as conditional share awards 
or in other forms (e.g. nil cost options) if it is 
considered appropriate.
Accrued dividends may be paid in cash or 
shares, to the extent that awards vest.
The plan also allows for share options 
to be granted, subject to a six-month 
exercise period.
The Committee may adjust and amend 
awards in accordance with the LTIP rules.
Overall maximum of up to 300% salary in 
any one year, including any share option 
plan awards. 
Performance measures are currently related 
equally to Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 
and Cash EBITDA. The Committee reserves 
the right to adjust the measures before 
awards are granted to reflect relevant 
strategic targets.
The Committee reserves the right to exercise 
discretion to adjust the outcome produced 
by achievement against the measures if it 
believes the outcome is not a fair reflection of 
Company performance.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

47
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the policy table
All LTIP and bonus awards made to Executive Directors are subject to malus and clawback provisions. 
The Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine to reduce the number of shares to which an award 
or option relates or cancel it altogether. Alternatively, the Committee could impose further conditions on the 
vesting or exercise of an award or option. At any time within two years of an award vesting, the Committee 
may require the Executive Director to transfer to the Company a number of shares or a cash amount in:
•	 any circumstances justifying summary dismissal of a participant from their office or employment with any 
Group company including, but not limited to, dishonesty, fraud, misrepresentation or breach of trust;
•	 any material breach of a participant’s terms and conditions of employment;
•	 any material violation of Company policy, rules or regulations; 
•	 any material failure of risk management; and/or
•	 any inaccurate reporting of any accounts, financial data or such other similar information resulting in such 
accounts, financial data or other information or any future accounts, financial data or other information 
having to include material write-downs, adjustments or other corrective items.
Remuneration policy for other employees
As with the Executive Directors, salary for other employees is set at a level sufficient to attract and retain them, 
taking into account their experience and expertise. Annual bonus for other employees is normally payable as a 
percentage of salary and is set annually, based on the achievement of strategic and personal goals.
Selected employees may be invited to participate in accesso’s LTIP, share award plan, CSOP, or unapproved 
option schemes to aid retention and motivation. Pension arrangements are consistent across the UK and US 
workforce including Executive Directors.
Executive Directors’ service contracts
The CEO has a rolling service contract terminable by the Company on six months’ notice, or by the CEO on 
90 days’ notice. The CEO receives life insurance, the benefit of which amounts to a maximum of $600,000. 
The CFO has a rolling service contract terminable by the Company on eight months’ notice, or by the 
CFO on three months’ notice. The CFO receives life insurance, the benefit of which amounts to a maximum 
of four times basic annual salary. 
Each Executive Director is entitled to reimbursement of reasonable expenses incurred by them in the 
performance of their duties. The service contracts for Executive Directors make no provision for termination 
payments, other than for payment in lieu of salary.
Recruitment policy
The Committee will seek to align a new Executive Director’s remuneration package to the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy as set out above. In determining remuneration for a new Executive Director, the 
Committee will consider all relevant factors, including the requirements of the role, the external market and 
internal relativities, while ensuring it does not pay more than is necessary to appoint the preferred candidate. 
Benefits will be limited to those outlined in the Remuneration Policy, with relocation assistance provided where 
appropriate. Awards under the LTIP rules and/or CSOP rules that may be awarded to a new Executive Director 
will be limited to 300% of salary and bonus limited to 200% of salary. 
The Committee may buy out remuneration a new hire has had to forfeit on joining the Group, if it considers the 
cost can be justified and is in the best interests of the Company. Any such buyout would be in addition to the 
limits set out above. Any such buyout awards will be of comparable commercial value and reflect as closely as 
practicable the form and structure of the forfeited awards, including timing of vesting, performance conditions 
and the probability of those conditions being met. The fair value of any bought-out awards will be no higher 
than that of those forfeited. Where appropriate, the Committee retains the discretion to use the provisions 
provided in the Listing Rules for the purpose of making such an award, or to utilise any other incentive plan 
operated by the Group.
Where an Executive Director is appointed from within the Group, any legacy arrangements would be 
honoured in line with the original terms and conditions as long as these do not cause a material conflict with 
the Remuneration Policy. If an Executive Director is appointed following an acquisition of, or merger with, 
another Company, legacy terms and conditions that are of higher value than provided in the policy would 
normally be honoured.
Termination of office policy
If the employment of an Executive Director is terminated, any compensation payable will be determined by 
reference to the terms of the service contract in force at the time. As variable pay awards are not contractual, 
treatment of these awards is determined by the relevant rules. The Committee may structure any compensation 
payments beyond the contractual notice provisions in the contract in such a way as it deems appropriate.
The Company may at its discretion make termination payments in lieu of notice calculated only on base salary. 
Service agreements may allow for garden leave during any notice period.
There is no entitlement to a bonus in any year. The Committee retains discretion to award bonuses for leavers 
taking into account the circumstances of departure. Any bonus would normally be subject to performance, 
deferral and time pro-rating as appropriate. 
Treatment of share awards is governed by the plan rules. If an Executive Director ceases to be a Director or 
employee of a Group company before (i) the release date of an award granted as a conditional share award or (ii) 
the date on which an award granted as an option becomes capable of exercise by reason of death or any other 
reason other than for cause, the award shall be released or become exercisable to the participant. The release 
or exercise will be subject to the extent that any relevant performance condition has been satisfied over the 
relevant period, which may be determined by the Board. Any part of the award which remains unvested as at 
the date of cessation, office or employment shall lapse immediately.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

48
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Termination of office policy continued
If a participant ceases to be a Director or employee of a Group company for cause, all awards shall 
lapse immediately.
The Committee has discretion regarding whether to pro-rate the bonus based on the proportion of the year 
worked. The Committee’s intention is that it will pro-rate the bonus for time, taking performance measures up 
to that time into account. The Committee anticipates it would only use its discretion to not pro-rate only where 
there is an exceptional business case, which would be explained in full to shareholders.
Change of control policies
LTIP awards issued in 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 vest in full on a change of control where the sale price exceeds a 
threshold price per share. LTIP awards issued in 2024 will vest at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee 
on a change of control, taking into account the extent to which any performance conditions have been 
satisfied.
Awards issued under the Company-wide share plan from 2021 entitles an award holder to a pro-rated 
time‑based vesting of their award on a change of control, with a 50% minimum if the award has not 
reached a 50% point in the vesting period. 
Stakeholder engagement 
In making remuneration decisions, the Committee considers the pay and employment conditions elsewhere 
in the Group although employees were not formally consulted prior to setting the Remuneration Policy 
for Executive Directors. Employees within the Group receive base salary, benefits, pension and an annual 
bonus subject to appropriate eligibility conditions. The terms and value of these elements vary based 
on seniority. The Committee appreciates the importance of understanding the views of the Company’s 
shareholders. The Committee is open to listening to the views of our shareholders and engaging in ongoing 
dialogue with them on Executive remuneration matters. The Committee also takes full account of the 
guidelines of investor bodies and shareholder views in determining the remuneration arrangements in 
operation within the Group. Shareholders should also note that a significant proportion of the Company’s 
workforce are based in the US and their remuneration reflects that market.
External appointments
Executive Directors may hold external directorships if the Board determines that such appointments do not 
cause any conflict of interest. Where such appointments are approved and held, it is a matter for the Board to 
agree whether fees paid in respect of the appointment are retained by the individual or paid to the Company. 
Non-Executive Director remuneration
Element of remuneration
Link to Company strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Non-Executive 
Director fees
Fees are set at a level 
to reflect the amount 
of time and level of 
involvement required 
in order to carry 
out their duties as 
members of the Board 
and its Committees 
and to attract and 
retain Non‑Executive 
Directors of the highest 
calibre with relevant 
commercial and 
other experience.
The fees paid to the 
Non-Executive Directors 
are determined by the 
Board as a whole.
Fee levels are set 
by reference to 
Non‑Executive Director 
fees at companies 
of similar size and 
complexity and general 
increases for salaried 
employees within 
the Company. 
Appointment of Non-Executive Directors
All the Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company. Appointment is terminable 
on written notice. The appointment letters for the Non-Executive Directors provide that no compensation is 
payable upon termination of employment. Letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office. Each of the Non-Executive Directors are subject to annual re-election. 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

49
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
The following tables set out the aggregate emoluments earned by the Directors in respect of the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, respectively.
2024
Fixed Remuneration
Variable Remuneration
Salary 
$000 
Fees 
$000 
Retirement 
contributions 
$000 
Other  
benefits 
$000 
Total  
Fixed 
$000 
Bonus 
$000 
Total  
Variable 
$000 
Total  
Remuneration 
$000 
Non-Executive Directors 
Bill Russell 
–
190
–
–
190
–
–
190
Andy Malpass(1)
–
67
–
–
67
–
–
67
Jody Madden 
–
78
–
–
78
–
–
78
Executive Directors 
Steve Brown 
468
–
14
21
503
–
–
503
Fern MacDonald(2) 
260
–
12
13
285
–
–
285
Matthew Boyle(1)(3)
76
–
7
1
84
–
–
84
Total 
804
335
33
35
1,207
–
–
1,207
2023
Fixed Remuneration
Variable Remuneration
Salary 
$000 
Fees 
$000 
Retirement 
contributions 
$000 
Other  
benefits 
$000 
Total  
Fixed 
$000 
Bonus 
$000 
Total  
Variable 
$000 
Total  
Remuneration 
$000 
Non-Executive Directors 
Bill Russell 
–
190
–
–
190
–
–
190
Karen Slatford
–
4
–
–
4
–
–
4
Andy Malpass(1)
–
65
–
–
65
–
–
65
Jody Madden 
–
78
–
–
78
–
–
78
Executive Directors 
Steve Brown 
460
–
–
16
476
675
675
1,151
Fern MacDonald(2) 
325
–
13
15
353
450
450
803
Total 
785
337
13
31
1,166
1,125
1,125
2,291
(1)	
Salary or fees payable in GBP and converted at the applicable monthly exchange rate.
(2)	
Fern MacDonald vacated her role as Director following her death on 12 August 2024. Remuneration is shown between 1 January 2024 to this date.
(3)	
Matthew Boyle was appointed Director on 26 September 2024. Remuneration is shown between this date to 31 December 2024. 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

50
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Single total figure of remuneration (audited) continued
The total gains made by Directors on exercising share options was $1.23m (2023: $5.47m).
The total emoluments received by the highest paid Director was $1.52m (2023: $6.63m), which includes $1.23m 
in relation to the gain following the exercise of share awards (2023: $5.47m). 
Retirement contributions were received by 3 Directors (2023: 1).
(i)	 Annual salary and fees – correspond to the amount earned during the relevant financial year, either as 
base salary for Executives or fees for Non-Executives.
(ii)	 Retirement contributions – corresponds to the amount contributed to a defined contribution retirement 
plan. The Executive Directors received a retirement plan contribution of up to 8% of salary in the UK and 4% 
of salary in the US as detailed earlier in this report.
(iii)	Annual bonus – corresponds to the amount earned in respect of the relevant financial year. Details of how 
this was calculated are set out below.
(iv)	 Benefits – corresponds to the taxable value of benefits received during the relevant financial year and 
principally includes life assurance and permanent health insurance. 
2024 annual bonus 
The 2024 annual bonus performance measures were selected to reflect accesso’s annual and long-term 
objectives and reflect financial and strategic priorities, as appropriate. Performance targets are set to be 
stretching but achievable, considering a range of reference points including financial performance versus 
budget and achievement of certain strategic milestones. 
In respect of the year ended 31 December 2024, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the corporate 
performance of the Group and decided that due to Company performance in 2024, the Executive Directors 
would not be paid a bonus. 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

51
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Statement of Directors’ shareholding and scheme interests
The share option and LTIP awards of the Directors are set out below:
 31 December 2023
Exercised in the period
Lapsed in the period
Granted in the period
 31 December 2024 
Exercise price
Date from which exercisable
Steve Brown
20 June 2023
469,424
–
–
–
469,424
£0.00
19 June 2026
Fern MacDonald
16 September 2020
154,422
(154,422)
–
–
–
£0.01
16 September 2023
25 March 2021
44,432
(22,216)
(22,216)
–
–
£0.00
30 April 2024
25 April 2022
45,237
(45,237)
–
–
–
£0.00
24 April 2025(1)
20 June 2023
69,544
(69,544)
–
–
–
£0.00
19 June 2026(1)
8 May 2024
–
(69,552)
–
69,552
–
£0.00
7 May 2027(1)
Matthew Boyle(2)
31 July 2021
1,000
–
–
–
1,000
£0.00
31 July 2024
20 June 2023
5,526
–
–
–
5,526
£0.00
19 June 2026
2 February 2024
–
–
–
21,544
21,544
£0.00
1 February 2026
8 May 2024
–
–
–
11,204
11,204
£0.00
7 May 2027
26 September 2024
–
–
–
42,939
42,939
£0.00
25 September 2027
(1)	
The vesting of Fern MacDonald’s outstanding LTIP awards was accelerated during the year following her death on 12 August 2024.
(2)	
Matthew Boyle was appointed Director on 26 September 2024. The table above includes awards that pre-date his appointment as Director.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

52
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
LTIP awards
There are five unvested LTIP awards currently in issue to the Executive Directors. The performance conditions are set out below. More detailed information on the specifics of the TSR and Cash EBITDA targets will be disclosed when 
the awards vest but are not published at this stage as they are considered commercially sensitive.
Date of award
Vesting period 
(months)
Period stock to 
be held following 
exercise (months)
Performance conditions
20 June 2023
(Steve Brown only)
36
6
50% of the performance condition for the 2023 award is related to Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over the period to 19 June 2026. Performance in line 
with the threshold and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the TSR element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between 
these two points.
50% of the performance condition for the 2023 award is related to Cash EBITDA for the fiscal year 31 December 2025. Performance in line with the 
threshold and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the EBITDA element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between 
these two points.
20 June 2023
(LTIPs were issued to Matthew 
Boyle under this plan in his 
capacity as an employee prior 
to his appointment as Executive 
Director on 26 September 2024.)
36
6
25% of the performance condition for the 2023 award is related to Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over the period to 19 June 2026. Performance in line 
with the threshold and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the TSR element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between 
these two points.
25% of the performance condition for the 2023 award is related to Cash EBITDA for the fiscal year 31 December 2025. Performance in line with 
the threshold and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the EBITDA element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between 
these two points.
50% of the condition for the Award is related to continued employment. If the employee is employed on 19 June 2026, 50% of the award shall 
become exercisable.
2 February 2024
(LTIPs were issued to Matthew 
Boyle under this plan in his 
capacity as an employee prior 
to his appointment as Executive 
Director on 26 September 2024.)
24
6
100% of the condition for the Award is related to continued employment. If the employee is employed on 1 February 2026, 100% of the award shall 
become exercisable. 
8 May 2024
(LTIPs were issued to Matthew 
Boyle under this plan in his 
capacity as an employee prior 
to his appointment as Executive 
Director on 26 September 2024.)
36
6
33% of the performance condition for the 2024 award is related to Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over the period to 7 May 2027. Performance in line with 
the threshold and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the TSR element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between these two points.
33% of the performance condition for the 2024 award is related to Cash EBITDA for the fiscal year 31 December 2026. Performance in line with the threshold 
and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the EBITDA element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between these two points.
34% of the condition for the Award is related to continued employment. If the employee is employed on 19 June 2026, 34% of the award shall become exercisable.
26 September 2024
(Matthew Boyle only)
36
–
50% of the performance condition for the 2024 award is related to Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over the period to 15 September 2027. Performance in 
line with the threshold and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the TSR element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between 
these two points.
50% of the performance condition for the 2024 award is related to Cash EBITDA for the fiscal year 31 December 2026. Performance in line with the threshold 
and stretch targets will result in 25% and 100% vesting of the EBITDA element, respectively, with straight-line interpolation between these two points.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

53
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Fees for the Non-Executive Directors
A summary of current fees for the year ending 31 December 2025 is shown below. No increase was made to the 
to the Non-Executive Directors.
Basic fee 2025 
$
Role
Bill Russell
190,000
Non-Executive Chairman
Andy Malpass(1)
65,663
Chair of the Audit Committee
Jody Madden
78,000
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
(1)	
Payable in GBP and converted on 1 January 2025 rate of 1.257.
External appointments
No Executive Director held an external appointment as at 31 December 2024. 
Implementation of policy for 2025
Salaries for Executive Directors are reviewed each year taking into account the Remuneration Policy set out in 
this report. 
The table below shows the salaries for the Executive Directors as at 1 January 2025 in comparison to base 
salary at 1 January 2024:
1 January 2024
$
1 January 2025
$
% change
Steve Brown 
468,000
468,000
0.0%
Matthew Boyle(1) (2)
–
282,758
–
(1)	
Payable in GBP and converted on 1 January 2025 rate of 1.257.
(2)	
Matthew Boyle was appointed Executive Director on 26 September 2024.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
No increase was awarded to the Executive Directors whereas the wider workforce received variable increases 
based on merit.
Annual bonus and LTIP performance measures are selected annually to reflect accesso’s annual and long‑term 
objectives and reflect financial and strategic priorities, as appropriate. Performance targets are set to be 
stretching and achievable, taking into account a range of reference points including the strategic plan and 
broker forecasts, as well as the Group’s strategic priorities and the external context. 
In respect of the annual bonus, as part of the implementation of the strategic plan the following measures have 
been agreed:
•	 Revenue, profitability and cash flow management.
•	 Meeting the relevant 2025 targets in the Company’s long-term plan.
•	 Retention of key staff.
The achievement of stretch targets will usually result in the maximum bonus being awarded under the formula. 
Falling below the pre-determined threshold targets will ordinarily result in no award being made in respect of 
that measure. The final determination on bonus awards is however made by the Committee taking all available 
factors into account.
The Committee will set appropriate performance conditions for any LTIP awards made to Executive Directors 
in 2025. 
Jody Madden
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
14 April 2025

54
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Report of the Directors 
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
The Directors present their report with the financial statements of the Company and the Group for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2024.
Dividends 
No dividends will be proposed for the financial year ended 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: none).
Share repurchases
During the year, the Board approved a further share repurchase programme in addition to continuing the 
programme approved in Q4 2023, both with a value of up to GBP £4.0m. The first programme commenced in 
2023 and concluded on 29 February 2024 with a total repurchase and cancellation of 706,984 shares for a total 
consideration of $5.0m (GBP £4.0m). The second programme commenced in August 2024 and concluded on 
5 November 2024 with a total of 757,847 shares being repurchased for a total of $5.3m (GBP £4.0m). In total, 
during 2024, the Group repurchased and cancelled 1,165,559 shares for a total of $8.1m (GBP £6.2m). At the prior 
year end, the Group had repurchased and cancelled 299,272 shares for a total of $2.2m (GBP £1.8m). 
Research and development 
The Group’s research and development activities relate to the development of technologies that can be 
deployed by entertainment operators and venue owners within leisure, entertainment and cultural markets. 
During the financial year ended 31 December 2024, the Group capitalised $2.6m of research and development 
spend (year ended 31 December 2023: $2.8m) and impaired $nil of development costs within the Guest 
Experience segment (2023: $6k). 
Directors 
The Directors during the period under review and to the date of approval of the financial statements were:
Bill Russell, Non-Executive Chairman 
Steve Brown, Executive Director 
Fern MacDonald, Executive Director (Passed away on 12 August 2024) 
Matthew Boyle, Executive Director (Appointed 26 September 2024) 
Andy Malpass, Non-Executive Director
Jody Madden, Non-Executive Director 
The Company paid for sufficient directors’ and officers’ indemnity insurance during the period, and to the date 
of approval of these financial statements, to enable the Directors to carry out their duties. 
The beneficial interests of the Directors holding office on 31 December 2024 in the issued share capital of the 
Company were as follows: 
Ordinary share capital £0.01 shares
As at 31 December 2024
As at 1 January 2024
Bill Russell, Non-Executive
60,007
60,007
Steve Brown, Executive
1,084,364
1,296,341
Andy Malpass, Non-Executive
23,424
23,424
Matthew Boyle, Executive
9,000
–*
*	
Matthew Boyle was appointed Director on 26 September 2024.
Details of the Directors’ share options are disclosed within the Directors’ remuneration report.
Financial instruments 
Details of the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies, including the use of financial 
instruments, are included within the accounting policies in note 3 to the financial statements.
As at 7 April 2025, the Company had been notified that the following were interested in 3% or more of the 
ordinary share capital of the Company:
Shareholder
Number of ordinary shares
 % of issued ordinary share 
capital
Long Path Partners LP 
6,697,096
16.05%
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc.
5,386,557
13.14%
Chelverton Asset Management Limited
2,000,000
4.79%
BGF Investment Management Limited  
(a/c BGF Investments LP)
1,428,430
3.42%
There were no further updates to the date of this report. Changes in major interests in the Company are 
updated on the Company’s website as and when these occur.
Annual general meeting
The annual general meeting of the Company will be held on Tuesday, 20 May 2025. The notice convening 
the meeting is enclosed with these financial statements.
Branch registration
The Company operates a branch in Germany. The Company’s Italian branch was dissolved on 5 August 2024.

55
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Report of the Directors continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Employees 
The Directors believe that the Group’s people are its most important asset. Our policy is to employ the best 
people irrespective of race, gender, nationality, disability or sexual orientation. Consultation with employees 
or their representatives occurs at all levels, with the aim of ensuring their views are taken into account when 
decisions are made that are likely to affect their interests. Further information on how Directors have engaged with 
employees is given in our environmental, social and governance strategy on pages 28 to 39 and Directors’ duties 
on pages 26 to 27.
Business relationships 
Information on how the Company has engaged with suppliers, customers and business relationships is detailed 
in the Directors’ duties on pages 26 to 27.
Community, environment, emissions and energy use 
The Company’s Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report for the financial year is included in our environmental, 
social and governance strategy on pages 28 to 39. 
Stakeholder engagement 
Details on how stakeholder engagement is maintained is outlined in the Corporate Governance Report on 
page 42.
Political donations 
The Group did not make any political donations or incur any political expenditure during the year (2023: nil).
Charitable donations
Details of notable charitable donations made during the current financial year are set out in the ESG report 
on page 39. 
Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which the Directors consider to be 
appropriate for the following reasons. For the purposes of the going concern assessment, the Directors have 
prepared monthly cash flow projections for a period of 12 months post the date of approval of the financial 
statements (base scenario). The cash flow projections show that the Group has significant headroom against its 
committed facilities and can meet its financial covenant obligations.
The Directors have reviewed sensitised net cash flow forecasts for the same going concern period, which indicate 
that, taking account of severe but plausible downsides, the Group will have sufficient funds to meet the liabilities 
of the Group as they fall due for that period. The Group’s severe but plausible downside scenario models revenue 
over the next 12 months reflecting the full financial impact of a sustained material event, which reduces forecast 
revenues by 10% in comparison to the base scenario referenced above, and results in revenue of $139.6m for 
2025 and marginally decreases thereafter. Under this same scenario, underlying administrative spend decreases to 
$94.2m in 2025, from $97.0m in 2024, with marginal decreases thereafter for the same corresponding periods to 
reflect cost cutting measures that would be implemented. The severe but plausible downside scenario indicates 
that the Group’s net cash balance reaches a low point of $33.7m. 
At 31 December 2024, the Group has cash of $42.8m and drawings on the loan facility of $14.8m with a further 
$25.2m of the total $40.0m remaining available. Financial covenants on the facility were passed during 2024 and 
are forecast to be passed through the going concern assessment period both under a base case and a severe but 
plausible scenario.
Consequently, the Directors are confident that the Group and Company will have sufficient funds to continue 
to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the assessment period being 12 months from the date of signing and 
therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.
Disabled employees
The Group’s policy is one of equal opportunity in the selection, training, career development and promotion of 
staff. The Group has a policy not to discriminate against disabled employees for those vacancies that they are able 
to fill and will provide facilities, equipment and training to assist any disabled persons employed.
All necessary assistance with initial training courses will be given. Once employed, a career plan will be developed 
so as to ensure suitable opportunities for each disabled person. Arrangements will be made, wherever possible, 
for re-training employees who become disabled to enable them to perform work identified as appropriate to their 
aptitudes and abilities.
Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on 
a website. Financial statements are published on the Group’s website in accordance with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from legislation in 
other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. 
The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.
Auditor
A resolution approving the reappointment of Grant Thornton UK LLP will be proposed at the forthcoming annual 
general meeting.
Other information
An indication of likely future developments in the business have been included in the Strategic Report on 
pages 12 to 14. 
Post balance sheet events
No further significant events have occurred since the end of the financial year which would require disclosure 
in this report.
On behalf of the Board
Matthew Boyle 
Chief Financial Officer 
14 April 2025

56
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs and profit of the Company and Group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•	 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•	 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and 
•	 state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors confirm that: 
•	 so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is 
unaware; and
•	 the Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as Directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor 
is aware of that information.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
On behalf of the Board
Matthew Boyle
Chief Financial Officer 
14 April 2025
56
56

57
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of accesso Technology Group plc
Opinion
Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of accesso Technology Group plc (the ‘parent Company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2024, which comprise the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of financial position, Company statement of financial position, 
Consolidated statement of cash flow, Company statement of cash flow, Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity, Company statement of changes in equity and notes to the financial statements, including material 
accounting policy information. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards and, as regards the parent Company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s 
affairs as at 31 December 2024 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards;
•	 the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK‑adopted 
international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Group and the parent 
Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events 
or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the parent Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our 
report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify 
the auditor’s opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group or the parent Company to cease to continue as a 
going concern.
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the parent Company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•	 Obtaining and assessing management’s paper containing their assessment of going concern including the 
forecasts covering the going concern period, which have been approved by the Board;
•	 Obtaining and challenging the underlying assumptions in management’s base case scenario for the period 
to 30 April 2026, including corroborating to supporting evidence where appropriate;
•	 Assessing whether the key assumptions (such as revenue growth and working capital) are consistent with 
our understanding of the business obtained during the course of the audit and the changing external 
circumstances arising from the changing global economic environment;
•	 Obtaining management’s sensitivities, which includes management’s assessment of an implausible scenario 
of how the base case scenario can be broken, which would result in a material uncertainty relating to going 
concern, and assessing whether this represents an implausible scenario; 
•	 Assessing compliance with financial covenants within the Group’s facilities and the available headroom 
to the Group;
•	 Evaluating the accuracy of management’s historical forecasting and the impact of this on management’s 
assessment; 
•	 Reading minutes of meetings held during the year of the Board of Directors and all its committees to identify 
if significant events have been factored into management’s forecasts; and
•	 Evaluating the appropriateness of disclosures in respect of going concern made in the financial statements. 
In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered the inherent risks associated with the Group’s 
and the parent Company’s business model including effects arising from macro-economic uncertainties, we 
assessed and challenged the reasonableness of estimates made by the Directors and the related disclosures 
and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and the parent Company’s financial resources or ability 
to continue operations over the going concern period. 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements 
are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the 
relevant sections of this report.

58
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent auditor’s report continued
Our approach to the audit
Overview of our audit approach
Overall materiality: 
Group: $1,125,000 which represents approximately 
0.75% of the Group’s revenue.
Parent Company: $1,200,000, which represents 0.5% 
of the parent Company’s total assets).
Key audit 
matters
Scoping
Materiality
Key audit matters were identified as: 
•	 Valuation of goodwill (ticketing and distribution 
segment) (same as previous year).
Our auditor’s report for the year ended 31 December 
2023 included one key audit matter that has not 
been reported as a key audit matter in our current 
year report. This related to acquisition accounting 
and valuation of intangible assets acquired in 
relation to the VGS acquisition which was completed 
in the prior year and is therefore not relevant to the 
current year.
We performed full scope audits on two components 
and specific audit procedures relating to a further 
three components. We performed analytical 
procedures relating to the remaining components 
in the Group.
In total, our procedures covered 86% of the Group’s 
revenue and 92% of the Group’s total assets.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) that we identified. These matters included 
those that had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. 
In the graph below, we have presented the key audit 
matters and significant risks relevant to the audit. This 
is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Key audit matter
Significant risk 
Valuation 
of goodwill 
(ticketing and 
distribution 
segment)
Management 
override of controls
Potential financial statement impact
Extent of management judgement
Low
Low
High
High
Risk of fraud 
in revenue 
recognition
Valuation 
of Freedom 
intangible 
asset
Description
Disclosures
Our results
KAM
Audit 
response

59
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent auditor’s report continued
Key Audit Matter – Group
How our scope addressed the matter – Group
Valuation of goodwill  
(Ticketing and distribution segment)
We identified the valuation of goodwill for the ticketing and distribution segment as one of the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement due to error. 
The segment has goodwill with a carrying value of $107.6m (2023: $108.1m). 
Under IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’, management is required to test the goodwill annually for impairment. 
Management prepares impairment models to assess the value in use of each cash generating unit (“CGU”) 
and then assess goodwill for impairment at the operating segment level. 
Their assessment of potential impairment incorporates significant judgements in assumptions, such as the 
determination of CGUs, the judgement in combining the CGUs along with the appropriate allocation of 
goodwill to them, and significant estimates, such as the timing and extent of future cash flows related to 
those CGUs. There is also a risk of management bias in the discount rate applied. The selection of certain 
inputs within the cash flow forecasts can also significantly impact the results of the impairment assessment. 
In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit procedures:
•	 Obtained an understanding of the related business processes and assessed the design and 
implementation of the associated controls;
•	 	Obtained a paper from management and, based on our knowledge of their business, challenged their 
identification and grouping of CGUs as the level at which to perform their impairment assessment 
against the requirements of IAS 36;
•	 Tested the arithmetical accuracy of the models and underlying data used by management in their 
impairment assessment and agreed the underlying forecasts to the Board-approved budgets;
•	 Considered the ability of management to accurately forecast by comparing historical budgets to 
actual performance;
•	 Used an auditor’s internal valuation expert to calculate an estimated range for the discount rates used in 
the value in use assessment which we used to evaluate management’s rate;
•	 Challenged management’s model in respect of allocated costs and allocated capital expenditure;
•	 	Challenged management’s assumptions concerning forecasted cash flows, including growth rates, based 
on historical trends and market expectations. This also involved considering any contradictory evidence 
noted in other areas of the audit;
•	 Performed our own sensitivity analysis and evaluated the headroom under each scenario to assess 
whether goodwill was impaired; and 
•	 Evaluated the disclosures made in the financial statements to ensure requirements of IFRS have been 
complied with.
Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
Financial statements: Note 4 for the accounting policy; Note 17 for Impairment (excluding deferred tax 
assets) and Intangibles.
Our results
Our audit testing did not identify any material misstatements in relation to the valuation of goodwill. 
We did not identify any key audit matters relating to the audit of the financial statements of the parent Company only. 

60
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and of uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in 
forming the opinion in the auditor’s report. Materiality was determined as follows:
Materiality measure
Group
Parent Company
Materiality for financial 
statements as a whole
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of these financial 
statements. We use materiality in determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work.
Materiality threshold
$1.125m (2023: $1.05m), which represents approximately 0.75% of revenues.
$1.2m (2023: $1.12m), which represents 0.5% of total assets.
Significant judgements made by 
auditor in determining materiality
In determining materiality, we made the following significant judgements:
•	 Revenue was determined to be the most appropriate benchmark for the Group because in our view, it is 
most reflective of the performance of the business given the size and the nature of its operations;
•	 The measurement of 0.75% is, in our view, appropriate to result in a materiality which is sufficient to identify 
any material misstatements.
Materiality for the current year is higher than the level that we determined for the year ended 31 December 
2023 to reflect the growth in the business year on year. We have also increased our measurement percentage 
from 0.70% in the prior year to 0.75% for the current year’s audit.
In determining materiality, we made the following significant judgements:
•	 Total assets was determined to be the most appropriate benchmark for the parent Company because in our 
view, it is most reflective of the financial position of the parent and its nature of operations;
•	 The measurement of 0.5% is, in our view, appropriate to result in a materiality which is sufficient to identify 
any material misstatements.
Materiality for the current year is higher than the level that we determined for the year ended 31 December 
2023 in alignment with movement in total assets.
Performance materiality used to 
drive the extent of our testing
We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial statements as a whole to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a whole.
Performance materiality threshold
$0.7m (2023: $0.7m), which is 65% (2023: 65%) of financial statement materiality.
The range of component performance materialities used across the Group was $0.4m to $0.6m.
$0.8m (2023: $0.4m), which is 65% (2023: 65%) of financial statement materiality. Parent Company component 
performance materiality has been capped at an amount less than Group performance materiality for Group 
audit purposes. 
Significant judgements made 
by auditor in determining 
performance materiality
In determining performance materiality, we made the following significant judgements:
•	 Our risk assessment procedures did not identify any significant changes in business objectives and strategy 
of the Group;
•	 We considered qualitative and quantitative factors when evaluating the impact of prior period adjusted and 
unadjusted misstatements; and
•	 We considered whether there were any significant control deficiencies identified in the prior year.
In determining component performance materiality, we made the following significant judgements: 
•	 Extent of disaggregation of financial information across components, including the relative risk and size of 
a component to the Group.
For each component in scope for our group audit, we allocated a performance materiality that is less than our 
overall Group performance materiality. 
In determining performance materiality, we made the following significant judgements:
•	 Our risk assessment procedures did not identify any significant changes in business objectives and strategy 
of the parent Company;
•	 We considered qualitative and quantitative factors when evaluating the impact of prior period adjusted and 
unadjusted misstatements; and
•	 We considered whether there were any significant control deficiencies identified in the prior year.
Specific materiality
We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account balances or disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the financial statements as a whole could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.
Specific materiality
We determined a lower level of specific materiality for the following areas:
•	 Directors’ remuneration; and
•	 Related party transactions (excluding intra-group).
We determined a lower level of specific materiality for the following areas:
•	 Directors’ remuneration; and
•	 Related party transactions (excluding intra-group).
Communication of misstatements 
to the Audit Committee
We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the Audit Committee.
Threshold for communication
$56,250 (2023: $52,500) which represents 5% of financial statement materiality, and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.
$60,000 (2023: $20,960) which represents 5% of financial statement materiality, and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.
Independent auditor’s report continued

61
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the threshold 
for communication to the Audit Committee. 
FSM: Financial statement materiality, PM: Performance materiality, RoPM: Range of performance materiality for in 
scope components, TfC: Threshold for communication to the Audit Committee.
An overview of the scope of our audit
We performed a risk-based audit that requires an understanding of the Group’s and the parent Company’s 
business and in particular matters related to:
Understanding the Group, its components, their environments, and its system of internal control including 
common controls.
The Group engagement team obtained an understanding of the Group and its components, their environment, 
and its system of internal control, including the nature and extent of common controls and centralised activities 
relevant to financial reporting, and assessed the risks of material misstatement at the Group level.
Identifying components at which to perform audit procedures
The engagement team performed an evaluation of identified components to assess the components which 
would be in scope and to determine the planned audit response based on whether we determined there 
to be a risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements due to the component’s nature or 
circumstances, if the entity was considered to be of financial significance to the Group, or if the component was 
required to be in scope for further audit procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support 
the Group audit opinion.
Type of work to be performed on financial information of parent and other components (including how it 
addressed the key audit matters)
•	 Of the Group’s 20 components, we identified two which, in our view, required full-scope audit procedures 
to be performed, due to being assessed as having a risk of material misstatement to the Group. As a result 
of this, we performed a full scope audit of the parent Company and of the financial information of the US 
component. The US component comprises Lo-Q Inc., accesso LLC, VisionOne Inc., Siriusware Inc. and Blazer 
and Flip Flops Inc.
•	 We performed specific scope procedures in respect of three components, Ingresso Group Limited, accesso 
Technology Group Employee Benefit Trust and the VGS component, in order to obtain sufficient appropriate 
audit evidence in respect of the financial statement line items considered to be of financial significance. 
The VGS component comprises accesso, Inc, accesso Asia PTE Ltd, VGS ME DMCC and accesso Italy S.R.L.
•	 We identified the key audit matter for the Group as being the valuation of goodwill for the ticketing and 
distribution segment. The audit procedures performed in respect of this matter has been included within the 
key audit matter section of our report.
•	 We performed analytical procedures at a Group level over the remaining fifteen components. 
These procedures, together with the additional procedures outlined above, were designed to provide 
the audit evidence needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.
Independent auditor’s report continued
 Revenue $152m
 FSM $1.125m
 FSM $0.75%
Overall materiality – Group
 Total assets $240m
Overall materiality – Parent
 FSM $0.5%
 FSM $1.2m
FSM  
$1.2m
PM  
$0.8m
TfC  
$0.06m
FSM  
$1.125m
PM  
$0.7m
RoM  
$0.4m  
to $0.7m
TfC  
$0.06m

62
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent auditor’s report continued
Performance of our audit
•	 Together, the components subject to full-scope and specific scope procedures covered 86% of the Group’s 
revenue, 92% of the Group’s total assets and 99% of the Group’s profit before tax.
•	 All work including component work was performed by the Group audit team.
•	 Audit work undertaken has been performed primarily on site at the company head office, with some remote 
working throughout the audit. Planning and interim testing was also performed during various visits to the 
head office throughout the period.
Further audit procedures performed on components subject to specific scope procedures may not have 
included testing of all significant account balances of such components, but further audit procedures were 
performed on specific accounts within that component that we, the Group auditor, considered had the 
potential for the greatest impact on the Group financial statements either due to risk, size or coverage. 
The components within the scope of further audit procedures accounted for the following percentages of the 
Group’s results, including the key audit matters identified:
Audit approach
% coverage revenue
% coverage PBT  
(on absolute basis) 
% coverage revenue
% coverage PBT  
(on absolute basis) 
Full-scope audit
2
27
71 
79 
Specific scope procedures 
3
65
15
20
Full-scope and specific scope 
procedures coverage
5 (2023: 5)
92 (2023: 87)
86 (2023: 76) 
99 (2023: 82) 
Analytical procedures
15 (2023: 16)
8 (2023:13)
14 (2023:24)
1 (2023: 18)
Total
20 
100 
100
100
Communications with component auditors
We did not engage any component auditors as the Group engagement team performed all of the 
required procedures.
Changes in approach from previous period
There have been no significant changes in the audit scope to that in the previous period. 
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than the financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information 
contained within the Annual Report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form 
of assurance conclusion thereon. 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information 
is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial 
statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which 
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.
Matter on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent Company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic report or 
the Directors’ report. 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit 
have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•	 the parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

63
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent auditor’s report continued
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 56, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or 
the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our 
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below: 
•	 The engagement team enquired of management, the finance team and the Board of Directors regarding 
the Group’s and the parent Company’s policies and procedures relating to the identification, evaluation and 
compliance with laws and regulations which are of significance and the legal and regulatory frameworks 
applicable to the Group and parent Company. These were identified as being International Financial 
Reporting Standards, AIM listing rules, Companies Act 2006 and the application of tax rules in the UK and US;
•	 The engagement team enquired of management and the Board of Directors whether they were aware of 
any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations and whether they had any knowledge of actual, 
suspected or alleged fraud and corroborated this with our review of the board minutes;
•	 We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how 
fraud might occur. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:
	– Assessing the design and implementation of controls management has in place to prevent and 
detect fraud;
	– Obtaining an understanding of how those charged with governance considered and addressed the 
potential for override of controls of other inappropriate influence over the financial reporting process;
	– Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in its significant accounting estimates;
	– Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual 
account combinations;
	– Assessing the extent of compliance with the relevant laws and regulations as part of our procedures on 
the related financial statement item.
•	 These audit procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements were 
free from fraud or error. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk 
of not detecting one resulting from error and detecting irregularities that result from fraud is inherently more 
difficult than detecting those that result from error, as fraud may involve collusion, deliberate concealment, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations. Also, the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would 
become aware of it; 
•	 The engagement partner’s assessment of the appropriateness of the collective competence and capabilities 
of the engagement team included consideration of the engagement team’s knowledge of the industry in 
which the entity operates, and the understanding of, and practical experience with, audit engagements of 
a similar nature and complexity through appropriate training and participation; and
•	 All relevant laws and regulations and potential fraud risks were communicated to all engagement team 
members and the team remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 
Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Joanne Love
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP  
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants  
London
Date: 14 April 2025

64
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
64
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income	
65
Consolidated statement of financial position	
66
Company statement of financial position	
67
Consolidated statement of cash flow	
68
Company statement of cash flow	
69
Consolidated statement of changes in equity	
70
Company statement of changes in equity	
71
Notes to the consolidated financial statements	
72
Company information	
111
Financial Statements 
Contents

65
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Notes
2024
$000
2023
$000
Revenue
9
152,291
149,515
Cost of sales
(33,283)
(35,268)
Gross profit
119,008
114,247
Administrative expenses 
(105,847)
(104,308)
Operating profit before exceptional items
13,288
12,635
Acquisition, integration and disposal-related expenditure
11
(127)
(2,690)
Impairment of intangible assets
17
–
(6)
Operating profit
13,161
9,939
Finance expense
12
(2,319)
(2,084)
Finance income
12
839
953
Profit before tax
11,681
8,808
Income tax expense
13
(2,598)
(1,116)
Profit for the period
9,083
7,692
Other comprehensive income
Items that will be reclassified to income statement
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
(1,789)
3,138
(1,789)
3,138
Total comprehensive income 
7,294
10,830
All profit and comprehensive income is attributable to the owners of the parent
Earnings per share expressed in cents per share:
Basic
15
22.38
19.19
Diluted 
15
21.82
18.67
All activities of the Company are classified as continuing.
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

66
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2024
 
Registered Number: 03959429
Notes
31 December 
2024
$000
31 December 
2023
$000
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
17
159,639
165,188
Property, plant and equipment
18
882
1,346
Right of use assets
30
1,341
1,609
Contract assets
9
763
784
Deferred tax assets
13
15,039
16,703
177,664
185,630
Current assets
Inventories
20
152
1,115
Finance lease receivables
30
–
165
Contract assets
9
2,805
3,345
Trade and other receivables
21
38,327
29,700
Income tax receivable
1,662
2,199
Cash and cash equivalents
29
42,769
51,814
85,715
88,338
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
22
30,325
34,939
Lease liabilities
30
529
792 
Contract liabilities
9
7,265
7,353
Income tax payable
5,463
6,115
43,582
49,199
Net current assets 
42,133
39,139
Notes
31 December 
2024
$000
31 December 
2023
$000
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
13
7,155
8,821
Contract liabilities
9
492
927
Other non-current liabilities
22
365
–
Lease liabilities
30
893
1,177
Borrowings
23
14,053
20,349
22,958
31,274
Total liabilities 
66,540
80,473
Net assets
196,839
193,495
Shareholders’ equity
Called up share capital
24
592
603
Share premium
25
154,370
153,948
Retained earnings
25
31,797
31,196
Merger relief reserve
25
19,641
19,641
Translation reserve
25
(4,235)
(2,446)
Own shares held in trust
25
(5,345)
(9,451)
Capital Redemption Reserve
25
19
4
Total shareholders’ equity
196,839
193,495
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 April 2025 and were signed on its 
behalf by:
Matthew Boyle
Chief Financial Officer
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

67
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Company statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2024
 
Registered Number: 03959429
Notes
31 December 
2024
$000
31 December
2023
$000
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
17
3,967
3,823
Investments in subsidiaries
19
219,421
221,746
Property, plant and equipment
18
167
233
Right of use assets
30
103
219
Contract assets
9
16
28
223,674
226,049
Current assets
Inventories
20
43
44
Contract assets
9
21
524
Trade and other receivables
21
10,528
9,300
Income tax receivable
602
73
Cash and cash equivalents
29
5,223
9,678
16,417
19,619
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
22
34,652
28,310
Lease liabilities
30
97
156
Contract liabilities
9
493
171
Income tax payable
16
9
35,258
28,646
Net current liabilities
(18,841)
(9,027)
Notes
31 December 
2024
$000
31 December
2023
$000
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax
13
27
200
Contract liabilities
9
–
2
Lease liabilities
30
–
98
Borrowings
23
14,053
20,349
14,080
20,649
Total liabilities 
49,338
49,295
Net assets
190,753
196,373
Shareholders’ equity
Called up share capital
24
592
603
Share premium
25
154,370
153,948
Own shares held in trust
25
(5,345)
(9,451)
Retained earnings
25
35,915
43,623
Merger relief reserve
25
19,641
19,641
Translation reserve
25
(14,439)
(11,995)
Capital Redemption Reserve
25
19
4
Total shareholders’ equity
190,753
196,373
Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own 
income statement. The profit for the financial year for the Company was $0.8m (2023: $6.52m).
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 April 2025 and were signed on its 
behalf by:
Matthew Boyle
Chief Financial Officer
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

68
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Consolidated statement of cash flow
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Notes
2024
$000
2023 
$000
Cash flows from operations
Profit for the period 
9,083
7,692
Adjustments for:
Depreciation (excluding leased assets)
18
863
975
Depreciation on leased assets
30
613
467
Amortisation on acquired intangibles 
17
4,212
2,811
Amortisation on development costs and other intangibles
17
2,783
6,390
Impairment of intangibles
17
–
6
(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
(5)
207
Share-based payment 
10
3,705
3,187
Movement on bad debt provision
454
41
Finance expense 
12
2,319
2,084
Finance income 
12
(839)
(953)
Foreign exchange gain
(44)
(187)
Income tax expense
13
2,598
1,116
25,742
23,836
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 
962
(614)
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
(8,932)
2,082
Decrease in contract assets/contract liabilities
116
1,960
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
(3,089)
432
Cash generated from operations
14,799
27,696
Tax paid 
(2,747)
(2,003)
Net cash inflow from operating activities 
12,052
25,693
Notes
2024
$000
2023 
$000
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of VGS companies (net of cash acquired)
16
–
(39,323)
Acquisition of Paradocs Solutions, Inc. (net of cash acquired)
16
–
(8,845)
Acquisition of Boxer Consulting Limited (net of cash acquired)
16
(96)
(1,792)
Capitalised internal development costs
17
(2,633)
(2,839)
Purchase of intangible assets
17
–
(14)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(420)
(638)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
8
8
Interest received
791
805
Net cash (used in) investing activities
(2,350)
(52,638)
Cash flows from financing activities
Share issue 
3
129
Purchase of shares held in trust
–
(3,676)
Purchase of own shares for cancellation
(8,094)
(2,186)
Interest paid
(1,674)
(1,387)
Payments on property lease liabilities
30
(1,000)
(668)
Proceeds from property lease receivables
161
33
Cash paid to refinance
29
(44)
(1,040)
Proceeds from borrowings
29
–
35,000
Repayments of borrowings
29
(6,500)
(13,750)
Net cash (utilised in)/generated from financing activities
(17,148)
12,455
(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(7,446)
(14,490)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
51,814
64,663
Exchange (loss)/gain on cash and cash equivalents
(1,599)
1,641
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
42,769
51,814
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

69
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Company statement of cash flow 
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Notes
2024
$000
2023
$000
Cash flows from operations
Profit for the period 
800
6,515
Adjustments for:
Depreciation excluding leased assets
18
152
147
Depreciation on leased assets
30
115
111
Amortisation 
17
1,038
917
Impairment of intangibles
17
–
6
Movement on intercompany bad debt provision
(591)
285
(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(5)
20
Share-based payment 
233
145
Movement on bad debt provision
14
117
Finance expense 
2,154
1,938
Finance income 
(81)
(7,790)
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)
236
(198)
Income tax (benefit)/expense
(330)
230
3,735
2,443
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 
1
(27)
Decrease in trade and other receivables 
7,856
10,398
Decrease in contract assets/contract liabilities
844
110
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
(1,344)
2,689
Cash generated from operations
11,092
15,613
 Tax (paid)/received
(362)
130
Net cash inflow from operating activities
10,730
15,743
Notes
2024
$000
2023
$000
Cash flows from investing activities
Capitalised internal development costs
17
(1,234)
(2,151)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
18
(83)
(102)
Acquisition of VGS companies
16
–
(43,265)
Acquisition of Boxer Consulting Limited
16
(96)
(1,792)
Interest received
40
145
Investment in Saudi Arabian entity
(7)
–
Dividends received from subsidiaries
2,975
11,738
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities
1,595
(35,427)
Cash flows from financing activities
Share issue
3
129
Purchase of own shares held in trust
–
(3,676)
Purchase of own shares for cancellation
(8,094)
(2,188)
Interest paid
(1,628)
(1,377)
Payments on property lease liabilities
30
(166)
(162)
Cash paid to refinance
29
(44)
(1,040)
Proceeds from borrowings
29
–
35,000
Repayments of borrowings
29
(6,500)
(13,750)
Net cash (utilised in)/generated from financing activities
(16,429)
12,936
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(4,104)
(6,748)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
9,678
15,612
Exchange (loss)/gain on cash and cash equivalents
(351)
814
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
5,223
9,678
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

70
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Share capital
$000
Share premium
$000
Retained 
earnings
$000
Merger relief 
reserve
$000
Own shares held 
in trust
$000
Capital 
redemption 
reserve
$000
Translation 
reserve
$000
Total
$000
Balance at 1 January 2024
603
153,948
31,196
19,641
(9,451)
4
(2,446)
193,495
Comprehensive income for the year
Profit for period
–
–
9,083
–
–
–
–
9,083
Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,789)
(1,789)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
9,083
–
–
–
(1,789)
7,294
Issue of share capital
3
–
(1)
–
–
–
–
2
Settlement of share options through Employee Benefit Trust
–
–
(4,090)
–
4,106
–
–
16
Share-based payments
–
–
3,675
–
–
–
–
3,675
Share option tax charge – current
–
–
317
–
–
–
–
317
Share option tax charge – deferred
–
–
(289)
–
–
–
–
(289)
Re-purchase of shares for cancellation
(15)
–
(8,094)
–
–
15
–
(8,094)
Contingent consideration settled in shares
1
422
–
–
–
–
–
423
Total contributions by and distributions by owners
(11)
422
(8,482)
–
4,106
15
–
(3,950)
Balance at 31 December 2024
592
154,370
31,797
19,641
(5,345)
19
(4,235)
196,839
Balance at 1 January 2023
597
153,621
22,887
19,641
(5,775)
–
(5,584)
185,387
Comprehensive income for the year
Profit for period
–
–
7,692
–
–
–
–
7,692
Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,138
3,138
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
7,692
–
–
–
3,138
10,830
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Issue of share capital
9
120
–
–
–
–
–
129
Share-based payments
–
–
3,187
–
–
–
–
3,187
Share option tax charge – current
–
–
894
–
–
–
–
894
Share option tax charge – deferred
–
–
(1,274)
–
–
–
–
(1,274)
Re-purchase of shares to be held in trust
–
–
–
–
(3,676) 
–
–
(3,676)
Re-purchase of shares for cancellation
(4)
–
(2,190)
–
–
4
–
(2,190)
Contingent consideration settled in shares
1
207
–
–
–
–
–
208
Total contributions by and distributions by owners
6
327
617
–
(3,676)
4
–
(2,722)
Balance at 31 December 2023
603
153,948
31,196
19,641
(9,451)
4
(2,446)
193,495
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

71
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Company statement of changes in equity
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Share capital
$000
Share premium 
$000
Own shares held 
in trust
$000
Retained 
earnings
$000
Merger relief 
reserve
$000
Capital 
redemption 
reserve
$000
Translation 
reserve 
$000
 Total
 $000
Balance at 1 January 2024
603
153,948
(9,451)
43,623
19,641
4
(11,995)
196,373
Comprehensive income for the year
Profit for year
–
–
–
800
–
–
–
800
Other comprehensive income
–
Exchange differences
–
–
–
–
–
–
(2,444)
(2,444)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
800
–
–
(2,444)
(1,644)
Issue of share capital
3
–
–
(1)
–
–
–
2
Settlement of share options through Employee Benefit Trust
–
–
4,106
(4,090)
–
–
–
16
Share-based payments
–
–
–
3,675
–
–
–
3,675
Share option tax–credit – current
–
–
–
3
–
–
–
3
Share option tax–credit – deferred
–
–
–
(1)
–
–
–
(1)
Re-purchase of shares for cancellation
(15)
–
–
(8,094)
–
15
–
(8,094)
Contingent consideration settled in shares
1
422
–
–
–
–
–
423
Total contributions by and distributions by owners
(11)
422
4,106
(8,508)
–
15
–
(3,976)
Balance at 31 December 2024
592
154,370
(5,345)
35,915
19,641
19
(14,439)
190,753
Balance at 1 January 2023
597
153,621
(5,775)
36,128
19,641
–
(22,328)
181,884
Comprehensive income for the year
Profit for year
–
–
–
6,515
–
–
–
6,515
Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences
–
–
–
–
–
–
10,333
10,333
Total comprehensive income for the year 
–
–
–
6,515
–
–
10,333
16,848
Issue of share capital
9
120
–
–
–
–
–
129
Share-based payments
–
–
–
3,187
–
–
–
3,187
Share option tax charge – deferred
–
–
–
(17)
–
–
–
(17)
Re-purchase of shares to be held in trust
–
–
(3,676)
–
–
–
–
(3,676)
Re-purchase of shares for cancellation
(4)
–
–
(2,190)
–
4
–
(2,190)
Contingent consideration settled in shares 
1
207
–
–
–
–
–
208
Total contributions by and distributions by owners
6
327
(3,676)
980
–
4
–
(2,359)
Balance at 31 December 2023
603
153,948
(9,451)
43,623
19,641
4
(11,995)
196,373
The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 110 form part of these consolidated financial statements. 

72
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
1.	 Reporting entity
accesso Technology Group plc is a public limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom, whose shares 
are publicly traded on the AIM market. The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and its registered 
address is Unit 5, The Pavilions, Ruscombe Park, Twyford, Berkshire RG10 9NN. These consolidated financial 
statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”). 
The Group’s principal activities are the development and application of ticketing, mobile and eCommerce 
technologies, licensing and operation of virtual queuing solutions and providing a personalised experience 
to customers within the attractions and leisure industry. The eCommerce technologies are generally licensed 
to operators of venues, enabling the online sale of tickets, guest management, and point-of-sale (“POS”) 
transactions. The virtual queuing solutions and personalised experience platforms are installed by the Group  
at a venue, and managed and operated by the Group directly or licensed to the operator for their operation.
Exemption from audit 
For the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, accesso Technology Group plc has provided a guarantee in 
respect of all liabilities due by its subsidiaries Ingresso Group Limited (company number 07477714) and Lo-Q 
Limited (company number 08760856). This entitles them to exemption from audit under 479A of the Companies 
Act 2006 relating to subsidiary companies.
2.	 Basis of accounting
The consolidated Group and parent Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
UK‑adopted international accounting standards (“UK-adopted IFRS”) and the applicable legal requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006. They were authorised for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on 14 April 2025. 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for contingent 
consideration and acquired intangible assets arising on business combinations, which are measured at fair value.
Details of the Group’s accounting policies are included in notes 3 and 4.
3.	 Changes to significant accounting policies
Other new standards and improvements
Other than as described below, the accounting policies, presentation and methods of calculation adopted are 
consistent with those of the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023, apart from 
standards, amendments to or interpretations of published standards adopted during the period. 
The following standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards are now effective and have 
been adopted by the Group. The impacts of applying these policies are not considered material:
	– Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)
	– Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendments to IFRS 16)
	– Supplier Finance Arrangements (Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7)
	– Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (Amendments to IAS 1)
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
A number of new standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations are either not effective for 2024 or 
not relevant to the Group, and therefore have not been applied in preparing these accounts. These standards, 
amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future 
reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.
	– Lack of Exchangeability (Amendments to IAS 21)
	– Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 9 
and 7)
	– IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’
	– IFRS 19 ‘Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures’
4.	 Significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out below. 
The policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented. 
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of accesso Technology Group plc and all of its 
subsidiary undertakings and the Employee Benefit Trust as at 31 December 2024 using the acquisition method. 
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the ability to affect the returns of the entity and has the 
rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity. The results of subsidiary undertakings are included 
from the date of acquisition.
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is 
measured at the aggregate of the fair value, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or 
assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Any costs directly 
attributable to the business combination are written off to the Group income statement in the period incurred. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities, and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions under IFRS 3 are 
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. 
Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of 
the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, 
liabilities, and contingent liabilities recognised. Provisional fair values are adjusted against goodwill if additional 
information is obtained within one year of the acquisition date about facts or circumstances existing at the 
acquisition date.
Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting 
policies used into line with those used by the Group.
Disclosure and details of the subsidiaries are provided in note 19.
Investments, including the shares in subsidiary companies held as non-current assets, are stated at cost less any 
provision for impairment in value. 

73
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation continued
Lo-Q (Trustees) Limited, a subsidiary company that holds an employee benefit trust on behalf of accesso 
Technology Group plc, is under control of the Board of Directors and hence has been consolidated into the 
Group results.
accesso Technology Group Employee Benefit Trust is considered to be a special purpose entity in which the 
substance of the relationship is that of control by the Group in order that the Group may benefit from its control. 
The assets held by the trust are consolidated into the Group financial statements.
All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.
Contingent consideration 
Contingent consideration is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and is based on the actual and/or 
expected performance of the entity in which the contingent consideration relates. Contingent consideration is 
subject to the sellers fulfilling their performance obligations over the contingent period. Subsequent changes 
to the fair value of contingent consideration are based on the movement of the Group’s share price at the 
reporting date. These changes which are deemed to be a liability are recognised in accordance with IFRS 9 in 
the statement of comprehensive income.
Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which the Directors consider to be 
appropriate for the following reasons.
For the purposes of the going concern assessment, the Directors have prepared monthly cash flow projections 
for a period of 12 months post the date of approval of the financial statements (base scenario). The cash flow 
projections show that the Group has significant headroom against its committed facilities and can meet its 
financial covenant obligations.
The Directors have reviewed sensitised net cash flow forecasts for the same going concern period, which 
indicate that, taking account of severe but plausible downsides, the Group will have sufficient funds to meet 
the liabilities of the Group as they fall due for that period. The Group’s severe but plausible downside scenario 
models revenue over the next 12 months reflecting the full financial impact of a sustained material event, which 
reduces forecast revenues by 10% in comparison to the base scenario referenced above, and results in revenue 
of $139.6m for 2025 and marginally decreases thereafter. Under this same scenario, underlying administrative 
spend decreases to $94.2m in 2025, from $97.0m in 2024, with marginal decreases thereafter for the same 
corresponding periods to reflect cost cutting measures that would be implemented. The severe but plausible 
downside scenario indicates that the Group’s net cash balance reaches a low point of $33.7m. 
At 31 December 2024, the Group has cash of $42.8m and drawings on the loan facility of $14.8m with a further 
$25.2m of the total $40.0m remaining available. Financial covenants on the facility were passed during 2024 and 
are forecast to be passed through the going concern assessment period both under a base case and a severe 
but plausible scenario.
Consequently, the Directors are confident that the Group and Company will have sufficient funds to continue 
to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the assessment period being 12 months from the date of signing and 
therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.
Foreign currency
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currencies of Group companies at 
the rates ruling when the transactions occur.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated into the functional currency at 
the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value 
in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was 
determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are translated 
at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.
Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill, are translated into USD at the exchange rates 
at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into USD at the rates ruling 
when the transactions occur, or appropriate averages.
Foreign currency differences on translating the opening net assets at an opening rate and the results of 
operations at actual rates are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation 
reserve. Retranslation differences recognised in other comprehensive income will be reclassified to profit or loss 
in the event of a disposal of the business, or the Group no longer has control or significant influence.
Revenue from contracts with customers
IFRS 15 provides a single, principles-based five step model to be applied to all sales contracts as outlined below. 
It is based on the transfer of control of goods and services to customers and replaces the separate models for 
goods and services.
1.	 Identify the contract(s) with a customer.
2.	 Identify the performance obligations in the contract.
3.	 Determine the transaction price.
4.	 Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.
5.	
Recognise revenue when or as the entity satisfies its performance obligations. 
The following table provides information about the nature and timing of the satisfaction of performance 
obligations in contracts with customers, including significant payment terms, and the related revenue 
recognition policies. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

74
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
Revenue from contracts with customers continued
Type of product/service segment
Nature of the performance obligations and significant payment terms
Accounting policy
a. Point-of-sale (POS) 
licences and support 
revenue – Ticketing and 
distribution
Each contract provides the customer with the right to use the POS licence 
(installed on premise) for terms between one and three years. The customer 
also receives support for typically a period of one year. This support is not 
necessary for the functionality of the licence and is therefore a distinct 
performance obligation from the right to use the POS licence.
With agreements longer than one year, invoices are generated either quarterly 
or annually; usually payable within thirty days.
Although payments are made over the term of the agreement, the agreement 
is binding for the negotiated term. The total transaction price is payable over 
the term of the agreement via the annual or quarterly instalments.
The transaction price is allocated in accordance with management’s estimate of the standalone selling price 
for each performance obligation, which is based on observable input costs and a target margin.
Revenue from sale of POS licences is recognised at a point in time when the customer has been provided 
with the software. Point in time recognition is appropriate because the licence provides the customer 
with the right of use of the POS software as it exists and is fully functional from the date it is provided to 
the customer.
Support revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract, which in most cases 
is one year and is renewable at the option of the customer thereafter. This option to renew is not considered 
a material right.
The revenue recognition of POS licences at a point in time gives rise to a contract asset at inception. 
The balance reduces as the consideration is billed annually/quarterly in accordance with the agreement.
b. Software licences and 
the related maintenance 
and support revenue 
– Ticketing and 
distribution and Guest 
Experience
Each contract provides the customer with the right to use the software licence 
(installed on premise) with annual support and maintenance. The support 
and maintenance is not required to operate the software and is considered a 
distinct performance obligation from the right to use the software licence.
The customer has an option to renew the licence at no additional cost 
by annually renewing support and maintenance at each anniversary. 
This is considered a material right under IFRS 15 and represents a separate 
performance obligation. Where the contract contains a substantial 
termination penalty, it is considered that there is no option to renew and 
as such these contracts do not include a separate performance obligation 
for a material right of renewal.
Invoices are raised at the beginning of each contract for the software licence 
and annual support and maintenance. Subsequently, invoices are raised at 
each anniversary of the contract for annual support and maintenance (as 
software licence is renewed at no additional cost).
The transaction price is allocated using observable market inputs, where the annual support and 
maintenance revenue is carved out of the total consideration using an estimate that best reflects its 
stand‑alone selling price.
Annual support and maintenance revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
contract, which in most cases is one year and is renewable at the option of the customer thereafter.
Revenue from sale of annual software licences is recognised at a point in time when the customer has been 
provided with the software. The revenue is recognised at a point in time because the licence provides the 
customer with the right of use of the software as it exists and is fully functional from the date it is provided to 
the customer.
Revenue from sale of multi-year software licence contracts is spread as the customer has the option 
to renew each year’s licence at no additional cost by paying the annual support and maintenance fee. 
A proportion of the licence payment is deferred and recognised at a future point in time when the 
customer renews. The amount that is deferred is dependent on the term of the contract. For example: 
on the inception of a three-year contract, two thirds of the licence fee consideration would be deferred 
and released equally on the first and second anniversary when the customer renews their maintenance 
and support. Perpetual licences are recognised in the same manner, with the exception being that the 
contract term is estimated to be five years.
If the customer chooses not to exercise the above option, any residual deferred revenue would be 
recognised as income in that period.
Revenue from the sale of multi-year software licences containing a substantial termination penalty 
is not deferred and instead recognised at a point in time. It is considered that these contracts do not 
contain an option to renew.
The deferred revenue gives rise to a contract liability at the inception of the contract. The balance reduces 
as revenue is recognised at each contract anniversary.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

75
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Type of product/service segment
Nature of the performance obligations and significant payment terms
Accounting policy
c. Software licences and 
bundled implementation 
services – Ticketing and 
distribution
Each contract provides the customer with the right to use a customised 
software licence (installed on premise). The software licence is sold alongside 
interdependent implementation services that are not considered to be a 
separate obligation from the licence.
Invoices are raised at predetermined milestones set out within the contract. 
The milestones correspond with the value being received by the customer and 
reflect the value of progress toward completion of the obligation.
Revenue from the sale of customised licences is recognised over time as the asset is created and control 
passes to the customer.
The output method is adopted where the Group’s right to consideration corresponds directly with the 
completed milestone’s performance obligations. Revenue for these customers is recognised in line with 
the amount of revenue the Group is entitled to invoice.
d. Virtual queuing system 
– Guest Experience
Virtual queuing systems are installed at a client’s location, and revenue is 
recognised when a park guest uses the service as a sales or usage-based 
royalty. The Group’s performance obligation is to provide a right to access, and 
the necessary technical support to, its virtual queuing platform, with which the 
park provides virtual queuing services to the park guest. The Group’s contracts 
are with the attraction owner, not park guest.
Revenues are recognised when the park guest purchases virtual queuing services from the attraction 
owner, being the later of sale or usage, and the satisfaction of the performance obligation to which that 
sale or usage-based royalty has been allocated. 
e. Ticketing and 
eCommerce revenue – 
Ticketing and distribution
The Group’s performance obligation is the provision of a right to access, 
and necessary specified technical support to, its ticketing and eCommerce 
platform, over a distinct series of service periods. Invoices are issued monthly 
and are generally payable within thirty days.
Ticketing and eCommerce revenue is recognised at the time the ticket is sold through our platform, or 
the transaction takes place, within that distinct series of service periods. accesso recognises the fee it 
receives for processing the transaction as revenue.
f. Professional services – 
Ticketing and distribution 
and Guest Experience
Professional services revenue is typically providing customised software 
development and in general is agreed with the customer and billed at each 
month end. Certain contracts span longer time periods whereby the Group 
carries out customisation and delivers software releases to customers at 
predetermined milestones. 
The output method is adopted where the Group’s right to consideration corresponds directly with the 
completed monthly performance obligation. Revenue for these customers is recognised in line with 
the amount of revenue the Group is entitled to invoice. 
Bespoke professional services work is recognised over time where the Group has enforceable rights to 
revenue in the event of cancellation. The Group is entitled to compensation for performance completed 
to date in the event that the customer terminates the contract. This compensation would be sufficient to 
cover costs and a reasonable proportion of the expected margin.
The Group recognises revenue over time using the input method (hours/total budgeted hours) when this 
method best depicts the Group’s performance of transferring control.
g. Hardware sales – 
Ticketing and distribution 
and Guest Experience
On certain contracts, customers request that the Group procures hardware 
on their behalf which the Group has determined to be a distinct performance 
obligation. 
This revenue is recognised at the point the customer obtains control of the hardware which is considered 
to be the point of delivery when legal title passes. accesso takes control and risk of ownership on 
hardware procurement and recognises sales and costs on a gross basis as principal. 
h. Platform fees
Cloud-based experience management platform systems are used by certain 
venues to provide customer relationship management, guest personalisation, 
payment and ordering services, push notifications, scheduling, offers, 
location‑based services, consumer-facing screens and many other services 
to end users at attractions. These secure platforms are provided to venues 
together with support under annual contracts. 
Revenue is billed monthly and recognised over time as the performance obligations of hosting and 
supporting the secure platforms are provided to the venues.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
Revenue from contracts with customers continued

76
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
Contract assets and contract liabilities
Contract assets represent licence fees which have been recognised at a point in time but where the 
consideration is contractually payable over time; professional service revenue whereby control has been 
passed to the customer; and deferred contract commissions incurred in obtaining a contract, which are 
recognised in line with the recognition of the revenue. Contract assets for point in time licence fees and 
unbilled professional service revenue are considered for impairment on an expected credit loss model. 
These assets have historically had immaterial levels of bad debt and are with creditworthy customers, and 
consequently the Group has not recognised any impairment provision against them. 
Contract liabilities represent discounted renewal options on licence arrangements whereby a customer has 
the right to renew their licence at a full discount subject to the payment of annual support and maintenance 
fees on each anniversary of the contract. Contract liabilities are recognised as income when a customer exercises 
their renewal right on each anniversary of the contract and pays their annual maintenance and support. In the 
situation of a customer terminating their contract, all unexercised deferred renewal rights would be recognised 
as income, representing a lapse of the renewal right options. The licence fees related to these contract liabilities 
are non-refundable. 
Where these assets or liabilities mature in periods beyond 12 months of the balance sheet date, they are 
recognised within non-current assets or non-current liabilities as appropriate. 
Interest expense recognition
Expense is recognised as interest accrues, using the effective interest method, to the net carrying amount of 
the financial liability.
Employee benefits
Share-based payment arrangements
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to full-time employees. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are measured at the fair value at the date of grant, with the expense recognised over the vesting 
period, with a corresponding increase in equity. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest, such that the amount recognised is based on the 
number of awards that meet the service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date.
The fair value of our share awards with time-based and employment conditions are measured by use of 
a Black-Scholes model, and share options issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) are measured 
using the Monte Carlo method, due to the market-based conditions upon which vesting is dependent. 
The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the 
effects of non‑transferability, exercise restrictions, and behavioural considerations.
The LTIP awards contain market-based vesting conditions where they have been set. Market vesting conditions 
are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, 
a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is 
not adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition or where a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.
Pension costs
Contributions to the Group’s defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income in the period in which they become due.
Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or production cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses.
Depreciation is charged to write off the cost of assets, less residual value, over their estimated useful lives, using 
the straight-line method, on the following bases:
Plant, machinery, and office equipment	
20 – 33.3% 
Installed systems	
25 – 33.3%, or life of contract
Furniture and fixtures	
20% 
Leasehold Improvements	
Shorter of useful life of the asset or time remaining  
within the lease contract 
Inventories
The Group’s inventories consist of parts used in the manufacture and maintenance of its virtual queuing 
product, along with peripheral items that enable the product to function within a park.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after making due allowance for obsolete 
and slow-moving items. Inventories are calculated on a first-in, first-out basis.
Park installations are valued on the basis of the cost of inventory items and labour plus attributable overheads. 
Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less additional costs to completion and disposal.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

77
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the 
Consolidated and Company statements of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences 
arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the 
time of the transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the 
reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the difference can be utilised.
The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities/(assets) are 
settled/(recovered).
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority 
on either:
•	 the same taxable Group company; or
•	 different Group entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to 
realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts 
of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or recovered.
Current income tax
The tax expense or benefit for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income 
statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at 
the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis 
of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. See note 13 for further discussion on provisions related 
to tax positions.
Goodwill and impairment of non-financial assets
Any excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised in the consolidated statement of financial 
position as goodwill and is not amortised. 
After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying 
value being reviewed for impairment at an operating segment level before aggregation, at least annually and 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount including goodwill, 
an impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 
Any non-financial assets other than goodwill which have suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal 
of the impairment at each reporting date. Assets that are subject to amortisation and depreciation are also 
reviewed for any possible impairment at each reporting date.
Externally acquired intangible assets
Intangible assets are capitalised at cost and amortised to nil by equal instalments over their estimated useful 
economic life. 
Intangible assets are recognised on business combinations if they are separable from the acquired entity. 
The amounts ascribed to such intangibles are arrived at by using appropriate valuation techniques. 
The significant intangibles recognised by the Group and their useful economic lives are as follows:
•	 Trademarks over 10 years.
•	 Patents over 20 years.
•	 Customer relationships and supplier contracts over 1 to 15 years.
•	 Acquired internally developed technology over 3 to 7 years.
Internally generated intangible assets and research and development
Expenditure on internally developed products is capitalised if it can be demonstrated that it is substantially 
enhancing an asset and:
•	 it is technically feasible to develop the product for it to be sold;
•	 adequate resources are available to complete the development;
•	 there is an intention to complete and sell the product;
•	 the Group is able to sell the product;
•	 sale of the product will generate future economic benefits; and
•	 expenditure on the project can be measured reliably.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

78
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
Internally generated intangible assets and research and development continued
In accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets, expenditure incurred on research and development is distinguished 
as either related to a research phase or to a development phase. Development expenditure not satisfying the 
above criteria and expenditure on the research phase of internal projects is recognised in the consolidated 
income statement as incurred.
Development expenditure is capitalised and amortised within administrative expenses on a straight-line 
basis over its useful economic life between 3 to 5 years from the date the intangible asset goes into use. 
The amortisation expense is included within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.
All advanced research phase expenditure is charged to the income statement. For development expenditure, 
this is capitalised as an internally generated intangible asset only if it meets the criteria noted above. The Group 
has contractual commitments for development costs of $nil (2023: $nil).
Acquired intellectual property rights and patents
Intellectual property rights comprise assets acquired, being external costs, relating to know-how, patents, and 
licences. These assets have been capitalised at the fair value of the assets acquired and are amortised within 
administrative expenses on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life of 5 to 7 years.
Financial assets
The Group classifies all its financial assets into one of the following categories, depending on the purpose for 
which the asset was acquired. The Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:
•	 Trade and loan receivables: Trade receivables are initially recognised by the Group and carried at original 
invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible or impaired amounts. Under IFRS 9, the Group 
applies the simplified approach to measure the loss allowance at an amount equal to the lifetime expected 
credit losses for trade receivables. Trade receivables are also specifically impaired where there are indicators 
of significant financial difficulties for the counterparty or there is a default or delinquency in payments. 
Loan receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted 
in an active market. They arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers (trade 
receivables), but also incorporate other types of contractual monetary asset. 
•	 Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank, cash in hand and 
short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on 
demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash 
and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flow.
Financial liabilities
The Group treats its financial liabilities in accordance with the following accounting policies: 
•	 Trade payables, accruals and other short-term monetary liabilities are recognised at fair value and subsequently 
at amortised cost. 
•	 Bank borrowings and leases are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable 
to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures that any interest expense over the period to 
repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the liability carried in the statement of financial position. 
‘Interest expense’ in this context includes initial transaction costs and premiums payable on redemption, 
as well as any interest payable while the liability is outstanding. Where bank borrowings are denominated in 
foreign currency, they are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting date, 
with the corresponding net gain or loss recorded within interest expense. For loan modifications, the Group 
assesses if the loan can be prepaid without significant penalty and if so, no gain or loss is recognised in the 
income statement at the date of the modification.
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) 
As the Company is deemed to have control of its EBT, it is treated as an extension of the parent Company and 
is included in the consolidated financial statements. It is also included in the Company balance sheet as it is 
treated as an extension of the Company. The EBT’s assets (other than investments in the Company’s shares), 
liabilities, income, and expenses are included on a line-by-line basis in the consolidated financial statements. 
The EBT’s investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from equity in the consolidated and Company 
statements of financial position as if they were treasury shares.
IFRS 16 leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease. Under IFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease 
if the contract conveys a right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange 
for consideration. 
As a lessee
The Group leases commercial office space. The Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and 
lease liabilities for some leases of low value and those being short-term, below 12 months in duration. 
The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term. 
The Group recognises a right of use asset and lease liability at the lease commencement date. 
The right of use asset and lease liability are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are 
not paid at the commencement date, discounting using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Subsequently, 
the right of use asset is adjusted for impairment losses and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the 
lease liability.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

79
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
4.	 Significant accounting policies continued
IFRS 16 leases continued
As a lessee continued
The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease 
payments made. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an 
index or rate, a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, 
or as appropriate, changes in the assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to 
be exercised or a termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised.
The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for some lease contracts that include renewal 
options. The assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease 
term, which significantly affects the amount of lease liabilities and right of use assets recognised.
As a lessor
As a lessor, the Group classifies its leases as either operating or finance leases. A lease is classified as a finance 
lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the underlying asset, and 
classified as an operating lease if it does not. The Group has not currently entered into any lease that is classified 
as an operating lease.
At the commencement of the finance lease, the Group recognises a lease receivable that equates to the 
net investment in the lease, which comprises the lease payments receivable discounted using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. 
For further details on the Group’s leases see note 30.
Exceptional items 
Items that are non-operating or non-recurring in nature are presented as exceptional items in the consolidated 
income statement, within the relevant account heading. The Directors are of the opinion that the separate 
recording of exceptional items provides helpful information about the Group’s underlying business 
performance. Events which may give rise to the classification of items as exceptional include, but are not 
restricted to, impairment charges over the Group’s internally developed and acquired intangibles and costs 
relating to business acquisitions along with any subsequent integration and reorganisation cost.
5.	 Functional and presentation currency
The presentation currency of the Group is US dollars (USD) in round thousands. Items included in the financial 
statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured in the functional currency of each entity. The Group 
used the local currency as the functional currency, including the parent Company, where the functional 
currency is sterling. The Group’s choice of presentation currency reflects its significant dealings in that currency.
6.	 Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Group makes judgements, estimates and assumptions 
concerning the future that impact the application of policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses. 
The resulting accounting estimates calculated using these judgements and assumptions are based on historical 
experience and expectations of future events and may not equal the actual results. Estimates and underlying 
assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis, and revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively.
The judgements and key sources of assumptions and estimation uncertainty that have a significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements are discussed below.
Judgements
Information about judgements made in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effects on 
the amounts recognised in these consolidated financial statements are below:
Capitalised development costs
The Group capitalises development costs in line with IAS 38 Intangible Assets. Management applies judgement 
in determining if the costs meet the criteria and are therefore eligible for capitalisation at the outset of a project; 
$2.63m has been capitalised on new projects during 2024 (2023: $2.84m). Significant judgements include 
the determination that assets have been substantially enhanced, the technical feasibility of the development, 
recoverability of the costs incurred, and economic viability of the product and potential market available 
considering its current and future customers. 
Within Intangible Assets at the year end is $3.8m (2023: $2.8m) capitalised in relation to a new product that 
launched to the market in November 2023. A key assumption in the future economic viability of this product 
is the successful signing of contracts with customers in the period subsequent to the year end. Given the early 
stage of the product in its life cycle, there is uncertainty in the number of contracts that will be obtained and a 
variation from expectations could result in a value in use below the carrying value. 
See internally generated intangible assets and research and development within note 4 for details on the 
Group’s capitalisation and amortisation policies, and Intangible Assets, note 17, for the carrying value of 
capitalised development costs.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

80
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
6.	 Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Deferred tax asset on US losses and tax credits
The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of $3.0m (2023: $3.8m) derived from US tax credits (with 20-year 
expiry dates ranging from 2038 to 2044). The recognition of this asset is based on the expected profitability of 
the US entities using the Group’s five-year Board-approved forecasts, which indicates that such credits would 
be utilised by the fiscal year ending 31 December 2026. According to the enacted legislation, these tax credits 
can be used to offset a current income tax liability greater than $25k, for up to 75% of the said liability. The key 
inputs are not sensitive to plausible changes in the assumptions. In addition, to the expected profitability of 
the US entities, the said credits were assessed under guidelines established under section 382 of the current 
US tax legislation, which sets out that these would be restricted if there is deemed to have been an ownership 
change of greater than 50% over the assessment period. This assessment concluded any ownership change 
was below 50% resulting in no restriction on the credits available for use. The need for an assessment under the 
above‑mentioned section of the US legislation will be monitored closely for its future applicability.
Identification of separable intangibles on acquisition
Identification of separable intangibles on acquisition are recognised when they are controlled through 
contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and their fair value can be reliably 
measured. Customer relationships and acquired technology have been identified by management as separate 
intangible assets and can be reliably measured by valuation of future cash flows. 
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in material 
adjustments in the following year are:
Impairment of non-financial assets (subject to annual update)
The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for all non-financial assets at each 
reporting date. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and at other times when such indicators exist. 
Other non‑financial assets are tested for impairment when there are indicators that the carrying amounts may 
not be recoverable. When value in use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected 
future cash flows from the asset or cash-generating unit and choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate 
the present value of those cash flows. Further details are given in note 17 and under judgements relating to 
capitalised development costs.
Useful economic lives of capitalised development costs (subject to annual update)
The Group amortises its capitalised development costs over 3 to 5 years as this has been deemed by 
management to be the best reflection of the life cycle of their technology. If this useful economic life 
estimate were to be 4 or 6 years, the impact on the current year amortisation would be $625k higher 
and $369k lower respectively. Management review this estimate each year to ensure it is reflective of 
the technologies being developed. 
7.	
Financial risk management
Overview: 
The Group’s use of financial instruments exposes it to a number of risks, including:
•	 Liquidity risk;
•	 Interest rate risk;
•	 Credit risk; and,
•	 Market risk.
This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks and the Group’s policies 
and processes for measuring and managing these risks. The risks, for both the Group and the parent Company, 
are managed centrally following Board-approved policies, and by regularly monitoring the business and 
providing ongoing forecasts of the impact on the business. The Group operates a centralised treasury function 
in accordance with Board-approved policies and guidelines covering funding and management of foreign 
exchange exposure and interest rate risk. Transactions entered into by the treasury function are required to be 
in support of, or as a consequence of, underlying commercial transactions.
Other than short-term trade receivables and trade payables that arise directly from operations, as detailed in 
notes 21 and 22, the Group’s financial instruments comprise cash, borrowings, and leases. The fair values of these 
instruments are not materially different to their book values. The objective of holding financial instruments is to 
finance the Group’s operations and manage related risks.
Liquidity risk
The Group closely monitors its access to bank and other credit facilities in comparison to its outstanding 
commitments to ensure it has sufficient funds to meet its obligations as they fall due. The Group finance 
function produces regular forecasts that estimate the cash inflows and outflows for the next 12 months, so that 
management can ensure that sufficient financing is in place as it is required. The Group’s objective is to maintain 
a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of banking arrangements in place. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

81
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
7.	
Financial risk management continued
Maturity analysis
The following table analyses the Group’s liabilities on a contractual gross basis based on amount outstanding at 
the balance sheet date up to date of maturity:
31 December 2024
Note
Less than  
6 months 
$000
Between 
6 months and 
1 year 
$000
Between
 1 and 5 years 
$000
Over 5 years 
$000
Total
$000
Group
Financial liabilities
22
22,978
–
365
–
23,343
Leases
30
318
211
724
169
1,422
Bank loan
23
–
–
14,750
–
14,750
Interest on bank loan
553
553
2,654
–
3,760
Total
23,849
764
18,493
169
43,275
Company
Financial liabilities
22
33,505
–
–
–
33,505
Leases
30
80
17
–
–
97
Bank loan
23
–
–
14,750
–
14,750
Interest on bank loan
553
553
2,654
–
3,760
Total
34,138
570
17,404
–
52,112
31 December 2023
Note
Less than 
6 months
$000
Between 
6 months and 
1 year
$000
Between  
1 and 5 years 
$000
Over 5 years
$000
Total
$000
Group
Financial liabilities
22
25,727
–
–
–
25,727
Leases
30
390
403
920
258
1,971
Bank loan
23
–
–
21,250
–
21,250
Interest on bank loan
843
1,687
3,205
–
5,735
Total
26,960
2,090
25,375
258
54,683
Company
Financial liabilities
22
27,218
–
–
–
27,218
Leases
30
77
79
97
–
253
Bank loan
23
–
–
21,250
–
21,250
Interest on bank loan
843
1,687
3,205
–
5,735
Total
28,138
1,766
24,552
–
54,456
The Group would normally expect that sufficient cash is generated in the operating cycle to meet the 
contractual cash flows as disclosed above through effective cash management.
Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises mainly from interest on its bank loan facility, which is subject to a 
floating interest rate. The Group regularly reviews its funding arrangements to ensure they are competitive 
with the marketplace.
The table below shows the Group’s and Company’s financial assets and liabilities that could be affected by the 
fluctuation in interest rates split by those bearing fixed and floating rates and those that are non-interest bearing:
31 December 2024
Note
Fixed rate
$000
Floating rate
$000
Non-interest 
bearing
$000
Total assets
$000
Total liabilities
$000
Group
Financial assets – trade 
and other receivables
21
–
–
34,554
34,554
–
Cash
23,334
444
18,991
42,769
–
Bank loan
–
(14,750)
–
–
(14,750)
Total
23,334
(14,306)
53,545
77,323
(14,750)
Company
Financial assets – trade 
and other receivables
21
–
–
9,497
9,497
–
Cash
1,679
–
3,544
5,223
–
Bank loan
–
(14,750)
–
–
(14,750)
Total
1,679
(14,750)
13,041
14,720
(14,750)
31 December 2023
Note
Fixed rate
$000
Floating rate
$000
Non-interest 
bearing
$000
Total assets
$000
Total liabilities
$000
Group
Financial assets – trade 
and other receivables
21
–
–
25,471
25,471
–
Cash
15,030
–
36,784
51,814
–
Bank loan
–
(21,250)
–
–
(21,250)
Total
15,030
(21,250)
62,255
77,285
(21,250)
Company
Financial assets – trade 
and other receivables
21
–
–
8,114
8,114
–
Cash
212
–
9,466
9,678
–
Bank loan
–
(21,250)
–
–
(21,250)
Total
212
(21,250)
17,580
17,792
(21,250)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

82
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
7.	
Financial risk management continued
Credit risk exposure
Credit risk predominantly arises from trade receivables, contract assets, cash and cash equivalents, and deposits 
with banks. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. External credit checks are obtained for larger customers. In 
addition, the credit quality of each customer is assessed internally before accepting any terms of trade. Internal 
procedures take into account a customer’s financial position, their reputation in the industry, and past trading 
experience. As a result, the Group’s exposure to bad debts is generally not significant due to the nature of its 
trade and relationships with customers. 
Indeed, the Group, having considered the potential impact of its exposure to credit risk, and having due regard 
to both the nature of its business and customers, do not consider this to have a materially significant impact 
to the results. Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial 
institutions that have acceptable credit ratings.
Note
Group
Company
2024
$000
2023
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
Financial assets – trade and other 
receivables
21
35,254
25,814
9,812
9,017
Cash
29
42,769
51,814
5,223
9,678
Estimated irrecoverable amounts
21
(700)
(343)
(315)
(903)
77,323
77,285
14,720
17,792
The maximum exposure is the carrying amount as disclosed in trade and other receivables. The average credit 
period taken by customers is 60 days (2023: 49 days). The allowance for estimated irrecoverable amounts has 
been measured according to the lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables and with knowledge of the 
financial circumstances of individual trade receivables at the balance sheet date. The Group holds no collateral 
against these receivables at the balance sheet date.
No expected credit losses have been recognised on contract assets as these are not considered material.
The following table provides an analysis of trade and other receivables that were past due at 31 December 2024 
and 31 December 2023. The Group believes that the balances are ultimately recoverable based on a review of 
past payment history and the current financial status of the customers.
Group
Company
2024
$000
2023
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
Up to 3 months
8,435
4,707
1,839
856
3 to 6 months
984
1,208
45
15
9,419
5,915
1,884
871
Capital risk management
The Group and Company considers their capital to comprise its ordinary share capital, share premium, own 
shares held in trust, accumulated retained earnings and borrowings as disclosed in the consolidated and 
Company statement of financial position. Further details of the Group’s and Company’s borrowing facilities are 
included in note 23 and further details of the ordinary share capital, share premium and own shares held in 
trust are included in note 24. The Group and Company manage their capital structure in the light of changes in 
economic conditions and financial markets generally and regularly evaluate their compliance with covenants 
applicable to their borrowing facilities.
The Group’s and Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the ability to continue 
as a going concern in order to provide returns for current and future shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to minimise the cost of capital. In order to maintain or 
adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital 
to shareholders, issue new shares, or increase or reduce debt.
The Group and Company do not seek to maintain any specific debt to capital ratio but considers investment 
opportunities on their merits and funds them in what it considers to be the most effective manner.
Foreign currency exposure
The Group is an international technology business and has transfer pricing arrangements in place to cover 
funding arrangements, management costs and the exploitation of IP between Group companies. This results 
in intercompany balances within the Group not denominated in the operating or ‘functional’ currency of the 
Group companies. If the currency markets were 5% stronger, this would result in settlement of these balances 
at a loss of $2,145k for the Group and a loss of $1,408k for the Company. If the currency markets were 5% weaker, 
this would result in settlement of these balances at a gain of $2,042k for the Group and a gain of $1,341k for 
the Company. 
The Group manages risk by its subsidiaries matching revenue and expenditure in their local currency wherever 
possible. The Group tries to keep foreign intercompany balances as low as possible to avoid translation 
adjustments. Given the nature of the Group’s operations and their management of foreign currency exposure, 
they limit the potential downside risk as far as practicably possible. 
Fair value measurement
The Group or Company do not have any level 2 or 3 financial assets or liabilities that have unobservable inputs 
that require disclosure.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

83
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
8.	 Business and geographical segments
Segmental analysis
The Group’s operating segments under IFRS have been determined with reference to the financial information 
presented to the Board of Directors. The Board of the Group is considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(“CODM”) as defined within IFRS 8, as it sets the strategic goals for the Group and monitors its operational 
performance against this strategy. 
The Group’s Ticketing and Distribution operating segment comprises the following products:
•	 accesso Passport ticketing suite using our hosted proprietary technology offering to maximise up-selling, 
cross-selling and selling greater volumes.
•	 accesso Siriusware software solutions providing modules in ticketing & admissions, memberships, reservations, 
resource scheduling, retail, food service, gift cards, kiosks and eCommerce.
•	 accesso ShoWare ticketing solution for box office, online, kiosk, mobile, call centre and social media sales. 
•	 Ingresso operate a consolidated distribution platform which connects venues and distributors, opening up 
a larger global channel for clients to sell their event, theatre and attraction tickets.
•	 accesso Paradox cutting-edge software solution specifically tailored to the unique needs of the industry. 
The flexible, hosted solution empowers ski areas to take full control of their operations across ticketing 
and passes, snow school, retail, equipment rental, food & beverage, administration, and online sales in 
one, unified platform.
•	 accesso Horizon highly functional and best-in-class ticketing and visitor management solution leveraging an 
innovative portfolio model approach to guest management.
The Group’s Guest Experience reportable segment comprises the following aggregated operating segments:
•	 accesso LoQueue providing leading edge virtual queuing solutions to take customers out of line, improve 
guest experience and increase revenue for theme parks. 
•	 Mobile Applications experience management platforms which delivers personalised real-time immersive 
customer experiences at the right time, elevating the guest’s experience and loyalty to the brand.
•	 accesso Freedom: recently launched point of sale system enabling modules in food and beverage, retail, 
eCommerce via kiosk or mobile through a multi-tenanted hosted solution.
The Group’s virtual queuing solution (accesso LoQueue), experience management platforms (Mobile Platforms), 
and food and beverage retail system (accesso Freedom) are headed by segment managers who discuss the 
operating activities, financial results, forecasts and plans of their respective segments with the CODM. These 
three distinct operating segments share similar economic characteristics, expected long-term financial 
performance, customers and markets; the products are heavily bespoke, technology and software intensive 
in their delivery and are directly targeted at improving a guest’s experience of an attraction or entertainment 
venue, whilst providing cross-selling opportunities and increased revenues to the venues. Management 
therefore conclude that they meet the aggregation criteria. 
The Group’s Professional Services reportable segment comprises of professional services revenues generated 
independently from the Group’s other products. These revenues are for services that stand separate from our 
transactional and licence revenues and fluctuate depending on customer project life cycles. The presentation 
of the segmental information for Professional Services was previously disclosed as part of Guest Experience, but 
was revised for the year ended 31 December 2024 to reflect the structural changes within the Group following 
the acquisitions made during 2023. 
The Group’s assets and liabilities are reviewed on a Group basis and therefore segmental information is not 
provided for the statements of financial position of the segments. 
The CODM monitors the results of the reportable segments prior to charges for interest, depreciation, tax, 
amortisation and non-recurring items but after the deduction of capitalised development costs. The Group has a 
significant amount of central unallocated costs which are not segment specific. These costs have therefore been 
excluded from segment profitability and presented as a separate line below segment profit.
The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue and results from the continuing operations by reportable 
segment, which represents revenue generated from external customers. 
2024 
$000
2023 
*Restated
 $000
Ticketing and Distribution
113,032
104,024
Guest Experience
31,463
34,175
Professional Services
7,796
11,316
Total revenue
152,291
149,515
*	
Comparatives for the period ending 31 December 2023 have been restated to present Professional Services as a distinct segment 
following structural changes within the Group. This revenue was previously included within the Guest Experience segment. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

84
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
8.	 Business and geographical segments continued
Segmental analysis continued
Year ended 
31 December 2024
Ticketing and 
Distribution
$000
Guest 
Experience
$000
Professional 
Services
$000
Central 
unallocated 
costs
$000
Capitalised 
development 
costs
$000
Group
$000
Revenue
113,032
31,463
7,796
–
–
152,291
Cost of sales
(24,104)
(5,734)
(3,445)
–
–
(33,283)
Central unallocated 
administrative 
expenses
–
–
–
(93,544)
(2,633)
(96,177)
Cash EBITDA(1) 
88,928
25,729
4,351
(93,544)
(2,633)
22,831
Capitalised 
development 
spend
2,633
Depreciation 
and amortisation 
(excluding acquired 
intangibles) 
(4,259)
Amortisation 
related to acquired 
intangibles
(4,212)
Share-based 
payments
(3,705)
Acquisition, 
integration 
and disposal 
related costs
(127)
Finance income
839
Finance expense
(2,319)
Profit before tax
11,681
Year ended 
31 December 2023 
(Restated)
Ticketing and 
Distribution
$000
Guest 
Experience*
$000
Professional 
Services*
$000
Central 
unallocated costs
$000
Capitalised 
development 
costs
$000
Group
$000
Revenue
104,024
34,175
11,316
–
–
149,515
Cost of sales
(20,768)
(8,647)
(5,677)
(176)
–
(35,268)
Central unallocated 
administrative 
expenses
–
–
–
(93,460)
2,839
(90,621)
Cash EBITDA(1)
83,256
25,528
5,639
(93,636)
2,839
23,626
Capitalised 
development 
spend
2,839
Depreciation 
and amortisation 
(excluding acquired 
intangibles)
(7,832)
Amortisation 
related to acquired 
intangibles
(2,811)
Impairment of 
intangible assets
(6)
Share-based 
payments
(3,187)
Exceptional 
costs relating to 
acquisitions
(2,690)
Finance income
953
Finance expense
(2,084)
Profit before tax
8,808
(1)	
Cash EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before the deduction of amortisation, impairment of intangible assets, depreciation, 
acquisition, integration and disposal costs, deferred and contingent payments, and costs related to share-based payments but after 
capitalised development costs.
*	
Comparatives for the period ending 31 December 2023 have been restated to present Professional Services as a distinct segment 
following structural changes within the Group. This revenue was previously included within the Guest Experience segment.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

85
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
8.	 Business and geographical segments continued
Segmental analysis continued
The segments will be assessed as the Group develops and continues to make acquisitions.
An analysis of the Group’s external revenues and non-current assets (excluding deferred tax) by geographical location are detailed below:
Revenue
Non-current assets
2024
$000
2023*
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
UK*
32,561
28,581
24,115
24,830
Italy*
1,162
215
38,274
39,675
Germany
2,296
2,848
1
7
France
1,480
1,359
–
–
Spain*
1,280
1,321
–
–
Netherlands*
976
1,041
–
–
Ireland
448
382
1,685
2,131
Other Europe
983
749
–
–
Australia*
6,130
5,913
17
9
Japan
1,894
1,754
–
–
Singapore
1,563
402
2,199
2,545
Other Asia/South Pacific
1,384
1,252
12
8
USA*
88,004
93,196
84,850
86,063
Canada
5,483
4,536
8,867
10,863
Mexico
3,135
3,761
96
47
Other Central and South America
874
903
–
12
United Arab Emirates
1,897
1,109
1,746
1,953
Other Middle East
371
–
–
–
Africa
370
193
–
–
152,291
149,515
161,862
168,143
*	
This disclosure has been restated for the year ended 31 December 2023 to present distribution revenue by country of the venue rather than country of distributor (i.e. where the venue is located rather than the location of the distributor where the ticket was sold). This 
reclassification aligns distribution revenue more closely to the presentation of accesso’s other products, where the primary market relates to the location of the venue or event.
Revenue generated in each of the geographical locations is generally in the local currency of the venue or operator based in that location. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

86
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
8.	 Business and geographical segments continued 
Major customers
The Group has entered into agreements with theme parks, theme park groups, and attractions to operate its technology in single or multiple theme parks or attractions within the theme park group.
There are two park and attraction operators with which the Group has contractual relationships with combined segmental revenues in excess of 10% of the total Group revenue. The first park operator accounted for $17.2m (2023: 
$17.9m) of Ticketing and Distribution revenue and for $11.7m (2023: $14.9m) of Guest Experience revenue. The second park and attractions operator accounted for $15.7m (2023: $15.2m) of Ticketing and Distribution revenue and 
for $7.6m (2023: $7.4m) of Guest Experience revenue.
9.	 Revenue
Revenue primarily arises from the operation and licensing of virtual queuing solutions, the development and application of eCommerce ticketing, professional services, and licence sales in relation to point-of-sale and guest 
management software and related hardware. All revenue of the Group is from contracts with customers.
Disaggregated revenue
The Group has disaggregated revenue into various categories in the following table which is intended to depict the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue recognition and to enable users to understand the 
relationship with revenue segment information provided in note 8. 
Year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2023*
Ticketing and 
Distribution
$000
Guest 
Experience
$000
Professional 
Services
$000
Group
$000
Ticketing and 
Distribution**
$000
Guest 
Experience*
$000
Professional 
Services*
$000
Group
$000
Primary geographic markets
UK**
29,274
3,287
–
32,561
25,295
3,286
–
28,581
Italy**
1,162
–
–
1,162
215
–
–
215
Germany
1,123
1,173
–
2,296
1,006
1,842
–
2,848
France
40
1,440
–
1,480
26
1,333
–
1,359
Spain**
135
1,145
–
1,280
15
1,306
–
1,321
Netherlands**
168
808
–
976
183
858
–
1,041
Ireland
345
70
33
448
314
68
–
382
Other Europe
427
556
–
983
380
369
–
749
Australia**
4,604
1,526
–
6,130
4,299
1,614
–
5,913
Japan
1,894
–
–
1,894
1,754
–
–
1,754
Singapore
1,563
–
–
1,563
402
–
–
402
Other Asia/South Pacific
1,256
128
–
1,384
1,012
240
–
1,252
USA**
59,427
20,843
7,734
88,004
59,098
22,808
11,290
93,196
Canada
5,191
292
–
5,483
4,270
266
–
4,536
Mexico
2,911
195
29
3,135
3,550
185
26
3,761
Other Central and South America
874
–
–
874
903
–
–
903
United Arab Emirates
1,897
–
–
1,897
1,109
–
–
1,109
Other Middle East
371
–
–
371
–
–
–
–
Africa
370
–
–
370
193
–
–
193
113,032
31,463
7,796
152,291
104,024
34,175
11,316
149,515
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

87
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2023*
Ticketing and 
Distribution
$000
Guest 
Experience
$000
Professional 
Services
$000
Group
$000
Ticketing and 
Distribution**
$000
Guest 
Experience*
$000
Professional 
Services*
$000
Group
$000
Product type
Licence fees
4,782
–
–
4,782
4,386
–
–
4,386
Support and maintenance
9,756
431
–
10,187
8,809
529
–
9,338
Platform fees
–
3,164
–
3,164
–
3,352
–
3,352
Virtual queuing
–
25,705
–
25,705
–
29,098
–
29,098
Ticketing and eCommerce
88,843
139
–
88,982
82,753
23
–
82,776
Professional services
5,187
140
7,796
13,123
4,007
213
11,316
15,536
Hardware
321
1,858
–
2,179
769
764
–
1,533
Other
4,143
26
–
4,169
3,301
195
–
3,496
113,032
31,463
7,796
152,291
104,024
34,175
11,316
149,515
Timing of transfer of goods and services
Point in time licence fees
3,936
–
–
3,936
3,834
–
–
3,834
Point in time virtual queuing/ticketing/hardware/other
93,307
30,753
–
124,060
86,823
33,409
–
120,232
97,243
30,753
–
127,996
90,657
33,409
–
124,066
Over time licence fees
846
–
–
846
552
–
–
552
Over time maintenance, support, platform fees and professional services
14,943
710
7,796
23,449
12,815
766
11,316
24,897
15,789
710
7,796
24,295
13,367
766
11,316
25,449
113,032
31,463
7,796
152,291
104,024
34,175
11,316
149,515
Revenue included within point in time licence fees above related to the exercise or lapse of 
renewal rights
1,020
–
–
1,020
1,811
–
–
1,811
*	
The Guest Experience segment has been restated to exclude Professional Services that are not being provided in conjunction with one of our products. The prior period Guest Experience revenue was $45.5m being the sum of the Guest Experience and Professional Services 
2023 amounts.
**	
This disclosure has been restated for the year ended 31 December 2023 to present distribution revenue by country of the venue rather than country of distributor (i.e. where the venue is located rather than the location of the distributor where the ticket was sold). This 
reclassification aligns distribution revenue more closely to the presentation of accesso’s other products, where the primary market relates to the location of the venue or event. 
9.	 Revenue continued
Disaggregated revenue continued

88
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
9.	 Revenue continued
Contract balances
The following tables provide information about contract assets arising from contracts with customers.
Group
Company
Non-current
$000
Current
$000
Total
$000
Non-current
$000
Current
$000
Total
$000
At 31 December 2023
784
3,345
4,129
28
524
552
At 31 December 2024
763
2,805
3,568
16
21
37
Breakdown of contract assets at 31 December 2024
Group
 $000
Company
 $000
Accrued income
3,223
–
Contract commissions
345
37
3,568
37
Breakdown of contract assets at 31 December 2023
Group 
$000
Company 
$000
Accrued income
3,675
484
Contract commissions
454
68
4,129
552
The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to consideration for licence fees or professional 
services recognised but not billed. The contract assets are transferred to receivables when the rights become 
unconditional. This occurs when the Group issues an invoice to the customer in line with the contractually 
agreed terms and does not relate purely to the passage of time. The Group also capitalises commissions paid in 
connection with obtaining a contract and recognises the expense over the term of the agreement, testing for 
impairment annually.
The following tables provide information about contract liabilities arising from contracts with customers.
Group
Company
Non-current
$000
Current
$000
Total
$000
Non-current
$000
Current
$000
Total
$000
At 31 December 2023
927
7,353
8,280
2
171
173
At 31 December 2024
492
7,265
7,757
–
493
493
Transfers of contract liabilities to revenue during the period were equal to the prior year current liabilities.
The contract liabilities primarily relate to support and maintenance services to be provided for ticketing 
software licences and guest management software, where the revenue is recognised over the terms of the 
agreements. A portion of contract liabilities relates to upfront milestone billings where the performance 
obligation has not yet been satisfied. The remaining balance of contract liabilities consists of material rights 
customers of the Group’s ticketing software receive at the time the contract is signed for the right to use 
software licences, which allows them to renew at a discount in subsequent years. Refer to item (b) the Group’s 
revenue recognition policy table in note 4 covering software licences and the related maintenance and support 
revenue. The revenue is recognised when the customer renews over the term of the contract or 5 years for 
contracts that do not have a term. 
No revenue was recognised in the period ended 31 December 2024 or 2023 from performance obligations 
satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods. 
Remaining performance obligations
No information is provided about remaining performance obligations at 31 December 2024 or 2023 that have 
an original expected duration of one year or less, as allowed by IFRS 15. 
The amount of revenue that will be recognised in future periods on contracts with material rights over future 
discounted licence fees is analysed as follows:
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Less than 1 year
$000
Between 1 and 
5 years
$000
Less than 1 year
$000
Between 1 and 
5 years
$000
Material rights over discounted licence fee renewal
381
485
652
895

89
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
10.	 Employees and Directors
2024
$000
2023*
$000
Group
Wages and salaries
74,226
73,491
Wages and salaries included with cost of goods sold
(4,893)
(9,442)
Capitalised development costs
(2,633)
(2,839)
Wages and salaries included within administrative expenses
66,700
61,210
Social security costs
5,477
4,947
Defined contribution pension costs
2,411
2,052
Share-based payment transactions
3,705
3,187
78,293
71,396
Company**
Wages and salaries
11,284
10,480
Wages and salaries included with cost of goods sold
(258)
(373)
Capitalised development costs
(1,234)
(2,151)
Wages and salaries included within administrative expenses
9,792
7,956
Social security costs
1,271
1,200
Defined contribution pension costs
656
574
Share-based payment transactions
275
183
11,994
9,913
*	
The wages and salaries note for the Group and the Company for year ended 31 December 2023 have been restated for costs that 
were previously included within the statement of comprehensive income, but not classified as wages and salaries in this disclosure. 
The restatement is to include employee benefits of $4.4m for the Group and $0.3m for the Company, as well as the salaries of the 
park staff of $5.7m for the Group and $0.5m for the Company. It also excludes contractor labour previously included within cost of 
goods sold of $1.7m for the Group and $0.1m for the Company. The wages and salaries included within administration expenses has 
also been amended to be presented net of capitalised development costs of $2.8m for the Group and $2.1m for the Company. The 
Company restatement further includes an additional $0.7m of wages and salaries that are contractually incurred by the Company 
but recharged to a subsidiary. These changes result in a net movement to the wages and salaries total of $5.6m for the Group and 
$1.0m for the Company. These amendments do not impact the statement of comprehensive income for either the Group or the 
Company.
**	
Company social security costs, defined contribution pension costs and share-based payment transactions have also been restated to 
include the payroll costs incurred by the Company but recharged to a subsidiary. These have been increased by $0.3m, $0.1m and $0.04m 
respectively. These are amendments to the wages and salaries disclosure only and do not impact the statement of comprehensive 
income for the Company.
Headcount
The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:
2024
2023
Group
Operations
254
212
Research & development
300
343
Sales & marketing
86
68
Finance & administration
49
47
Seasonal staff
–
252
689
922
Company**
Operations
41
38
Research & development
63
71
Sales & marketing
10
11
Finance & administration
15
12
129
132
**	
Company headcount for the year ended 31 December 2023 has been restated to include 40 employees whose payroll costs are 
contractually incurred by the Company but recharged to a subsidiary. Company headcount was previously disclosed as 92.

90
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
10.	 Employees and Directors continued
Key management compensation
The key management of the Group and Company in 2024 and 2023 are considered to be the Executive 
Directors, Non-Executive Directors and the Chief Executive’s direct reports, being the Senior Vice Presidents 
of Engineering, Strategy, Product, Delivery and HR, the Vice President of POS Solutions, the President accesso 
Horizon, the President of Operations and the Chief Commercial Officer. During 2024, one additional staff was 
considered to be key management following role changes being: the Senior Vice President of Operations. 
The key management remuneration is as follows: 
2024
$000
2023
$000
Short-term employee benefits
4,391
5,002
Post-employment benefits
135
80
Share-based payments
1,170
1,849
5,696
6,931
Directors’ emoluments, details of share options exercised and outstanding, and pension contributions are 
disclosed on page 49 to 51 in the Directors’ remuneration report and form part of these audited financial 
statements. In respect of Directors’ remuneration, the disclosures required by Schedule 5 of the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 are included in detailed 
disclosures in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 49. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
11.	 Expenses by nature
2024
$000
2023
$000
Park operating costs (not included in wages and salaries)*
1,026
1,446
Server costs (cost of goods sold)
1,814
2,511
Server costs (admin expenses)
984
1,304
Hardware equipment (cost of goods sold)
249
751
Commissions costs paid to distributors
17,709
12,620
Direct to consumer marketing spend (cost of goods sold)
135
1,095
Contract labour*
1,872
3,650
Other employee-related costs (not included in wages and salaries)*
1,395
2,748
Acquisition, integration and disposal-related costs
127
2,690
Depreciation – owned assets 
863
975
Depreciation – right of use assets 
613
467
Amortisation of intangible assets
6,995
9,201
Impairment of intangible assets
–
6
Impairment of tangible assets
153
–
Foreign exchange loss
632
205
*	
Park operating costs for the year ended 31 December 2023 have been restated to exclude $5.6m relating to park staff wages and 
salaries. Other employee-related costs have also been amended to exclude $4.4m relating to employee benefits. Both of these 
amounts are now included within wages and salaries in note 10. Contract labour has been restated to include $1.7m of costs 
previously included in wages and salaries. These amendments do not impact the statement of comprehensive income for the 
Group. 
Park operating costs are incurred to deliver the Group’s virtual queuing system where there is a requirement for the 
Group to provide onsite labour, as well as other assistance in ensuring the software licence operates as intended. 
These amounts exclude the wages and salaries of the associated staff, which are included within note 10.
Server costs are split between cost of goods sold and administrative expenses. They represent the hosting costs 
incurred that are either directly attributable to revenue generating activities or a Group overhead. 
Acquisition, integration and disposal-related costs includes all external costs relating to the acquisitions 
that would not have otherwise been incurred; these are largely advisory & diligence fees as well as staff 
travel. This also includes any professional service-related integration costs arising for a period of six months 
post‑acquisition date, again relating to costs that would not otherwise have been incurred.
Other employee-related costs include health insurance costs, professional development and recruitment.
2024
$000
2023
$000
Research and development gross spend*
44,785
44,145
Research and development capitalised to balance sheet (note 17)
(2,633)
(2,839)
Research and development recognised in operating profit
42,152
41,306
*	
Research and development expenditure represents all costs incurred by the Group’s Engineering and Product functions. These costs 
include staff labour as well as software-related expenditure. Development expenditure for the period ended 31 December 2023 has 
been restated to exclude $4.4m relating to product delivery which was previously categorised within development.

91
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
11.	 Expenses by nature continued
Auditor’s remuneration
During the period the following services were obtained from the Group’s auditor at a cost detailed below:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the parent 
Company and consolidated accounts
810
993
Audit services
810
993
12.	 Finance income and expense
The table below details the finance income and expense for the current and prior periods:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Finance income:
Bank interest received
833
934
Interest on tax receivable
–
15
Finance lease receivables
6
4
Total finance income
839
953
Finance costs:
Bank interest
(1,586)
(1,467)
Amortisation of capitalised refinance costs
(285)
(464)
Lease (note 30)
(119)
(101)
    Interest on sales tax accrual
(54)
(52)
    Revaluation of borrowings held in foreign currency
(275)
–
Total finance costs
(2,319)
(2,084)
Net finance expense
(1,480)
(1,131)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
13.	 Tax
The table below provides an analysis of the tax charge for the periods ended 31 December 2024 and 
31 December 2023:
2024
$000
2023
$000
UK corporation tax 
Current tax on income for the period 
505
946
Adjustment in respect of prior periods 
(101)
(364)
404
582
Overseas tax
Current tax on income for the period 
2,279
2,115
Adjustment in respect of prior periods 
271
933
2,550
3,048
Total current taxation 
2,954
3,630
Deferred taxation
Original and reversal of temporary difference – for the current period
(390)
(1,094)
Impact on deferred tax rate changes
591
170
Original and reversal of temporary difference – for the prior period
(557)
(1,590)
(356)
(2,514)
Total taxation charge
2,598
1,116
The differences between the actual tax charge for the period and the theoretical amount that would arise using 
the applicable weighted average tax rate are as follows:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Profit on ordinary activities before tax 
11,681
8,808
Tax at United States tax rate of 27.36% (2023: 27.67%)
3,196
2,437
Effects of:
    Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
(218)
(61)
    Profit subject to foreign taxes at a lower marginal rate
36
714
    Adjustment in respect of prior period – income statement 
(387)
(1,021)
    Research and Development credit estimation adjustment
213
(697)
    Research and Development credits utilised
(509)
(351)
    Share options
(274)
(177)
    Impact of rate changes
591
170
    Deferred tax on foreign losses and R&D credits not recognised
536
–
    Other 
(586)
102
Total taxation charge 
2,598
1,116

92
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
13.	 Tax continued
Deferred taxation
Asset
$000
Liability 
$000
Group
At 31 December 2022
15,279
(3,294)
Credited/(charged) to income
2,573
(59)
(Charged) directly to equity 
(1,274)
–
Foreign currency translation
40
(22)
Acquired through business combination
85
(5,446)
At 31 December 2023
16,703
(8,821)
(Charged)/credited to income 
(1,294)
1,649
(Charged) directly to equity 
(289)
–
Foreign currency translation
(81)
17
At 31 December 2024
15,039
(7,155)
Company
At 31 December 2022
–
(163)
Credited/(charged) to income 
19
(31)
(Charged) directly to equity 
(17)
–
Foreign currency translation
5
(13)
Netted against the asset
(7)
7
At 31 December 2023
–
(200)
Credited to income
38
132
(Charged) directly to equity 
(1)
–
Foreign currency translation
–
4
Netted against the asset
(37)
37
At 31 December 2024
–
(27)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
The following table summarises the recognised deferred tax asset and liability:
 
2024
$000
2023 
$000
Group  
Recognised asset
Tax relief on unexercised employee share options 
1,582
1,930
Short-term timing differences
1,569
2,829
Net operating losses & tax credits
3,029
4,552
Capitalised R&D expenditure
8,859
7,392
Deferred tax asset
15,039
16,703
Recognised liability
Capital allowances in excess of depreciation 
(17)
(703)
Short-term timing differences
(536)
(745)
Business combinations
(6,602)
(7,373)
Deferred tax liability 
(7,155)
(8,821)
Company  
Recognised asset 
Tax relief on unexercised employee share options 
110
60
Short-term timing differences 
18
32
Offset against Company deferred tax asset
(128)
(92)
Deferred tax asset
–
–
Recognised liability 
Capital allowances in excess of depreciation
(155)
(292)
Offset against Company deferred tax asset
128
92
Deferred tax liability
(27)
(200)
Group  
Unrecognised asset
Net operating losses & tax credits – Canada (included within the 
unrecognised deferred tax asset is $0.3m relating to prior period)
536
–
Unrecognised deferred tax asset
536
–
The tax rate in the US rate remained at 21%, before state taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities were measured 
at a rate of 21% (2023: 21%) plus state taxes in the US.
The tax rate in the UK remained at 25%. Deferred tax assets and liabilities were measured at a rate of 25% (2023: 25%).
There are no material unrecognised deferred tax assets outside of Canada. 
The critical assumptions used in the assessment for the recognition of the deferred tax asset on US losses and 
available tax credits are discussed in note 6.

93
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
13.	 Tax continued
Taxation and transfer pricing
The Group is an international technology business and, as such, transfer pricing policies are in place to cover funding 
arrangements, management costs and the exploitation of IP between Group companies. Transfer prices and the 
policies applied directly affect the allocation of Group-wide taxable income across a number of tax jurisdictions. 
While transfer pricing entries between legal entities are on an arm’s length basis, there is increasing scrutiny from 
tax authorities on transfer pricing arrangements. This could result in the creation of uncertain tax positions. 
The Group provides for anticipated risks, based on reasonable estimates, for tax risks in the respective countries 
in which it operates. The amount of such provisions can be based on various factors, such as experience with 
previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible 
authority. Uncertainties exist with respect to the evolution of the Group following international acquisitions 
holding significant IP assets, interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount 
and timing of future taxable income. 
Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing 
contractual agreements, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future 
changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded.
Uncertainties in relation to tax liabilities are provided for within income tax payable to the extent that it is 
considered probable that the Group may be required to settle a tax liability in the future. Settlement of tax 
provisions could potentially result in future cash tax payments; however, these are not expected to result in 
an increased tax charge as they have been fully provided for in accordance with management’s best estimates 
of the most likely outcomes.
Ongoing tax assessments and related tax risks 
The Group has undertaken a review of potential tax risks and current tax assessments, and whilst it is not 
possible to predict the outcome of any current or future tax enquiries, adequate provisions are considered to 
have been included in the Group accounts to cover any expected estimated future settlements.
In common with many international groups operating across multiple jurisdictions, certain tax positions taken 
by the Group are based on industry practice and external tax advice or are based on assumptions and involve 
a degree of judgement. It is considered possible that tax enquiries on such tax positions could give rise to 
material changes in the Group’s tax provisions.
The Group is consequently, from time to time, subject to tax enquiries by local tax authorities, and certain tax 
positions related to intercompany transactions may be subject to challenge by the relevant tax authority. 
The Group has recognised provisions where it is not probable that tax positions taken will be accepted, totalling 
$1.5m (2023: $1.3m) in relation to availability of international R&D claims. There is a further provision of $5.1m 
(2023: $5.1m) recognised, in connection with tax liabilities inherited in the entities acquired during the year 
ended 31 December 2023. This provision was calculated in accordance with the Group’s transfer pricing policies.
The US tax credits recognised in the year were assessed under the section 382 US tax legislation to validate they 
can be utilised. This assessment will need to continue to be performed on an annual basis to determine if any 
restriction is required.
14.	 Result of parent Company
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss account of the parent Company is 
not presented as part of these financial statements. The parent Company’s profit for the financial year ended 31 
December 2024 was $0.8m (2023: $6.52m). 
15.	 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Own shares held by the Employee 
Benefit Trust are eliminated from the weighted average number of shares.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, after 
adjustments for instruments that dilute basic earnings per share, by the weighted average of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the period (adjusted for the effects of dilutive instruments). 
Earnings for adjusted earnings per share, a non-GAAP measure, are defined as profit before tax before the 
deduction of amortisation related to acquisitions, impairment of intangible assets, acquisition, integration and 
disposal costs, deferred and contingent consideration linked to continued employment, and costs related to 
share-based payments, less tax at the effective rate on tax impacted items.

94
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
15.	 Earnings per share continued
The table below reflects the income and share data used in the total basic, diluted, and adjusted earnings per 
share computations.
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders ($000)
9,083
7,692
Basic EPS
Denominator
Weighted average number of shares used in basic EPS (000s)
40,593
40,075
Basic earnings per share (cents)
22.38
19.19
Diluted EPS
Denominator
Weighted average number of shares used in basic EPS (000s)
40,593
40,075
Effect of dilutive securities
    Options (000s)
1,004
1,034
    Contingent share consideration on business combinations (000s)
29
88
Weighted average number of shares used in diluted EPS (000s)
41,626
41,197
Diluted earnings per share (cents)
21.82
18.67
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
2024 
$000
2023 
$000 
Adjusted EPS 
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders ($000) 
9,083
7,692
Adjustments for the period related to:
    Amortisation relating to acquired intangibles from acquisitions
4,212
2,811
    Impairment of intangible assets
–
6
    Acquisition and disposal-related costs
127
2,690
    Share-based compensation and social security costs on 
unapproved options
3,705
3,187
17,127
16,386
Net tax related to the above adjustments (2024: 19.5%, 2023: 22.8%):
(1,542)
(1,365)
Adjusted profit attributable to ordinary shareholders ($000)
15,585
15,021
Adjusted basic EPS
Denominator
Weighted average number of shares used in basic EPS (000s)
40,593
40,075
Adjusted basic earnings per share (cents)
38.39
37.48
Adjusted diluted EPS
Denominator
Weighted average number of shares used in diluted EPS (000s)
41,626
41,197
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (cents)
37.44
36.46
1,002,774 LTIP awards were excluded in the calculation of diluted EPS as at 31 December 2024 (2023: 1,040,511) 
as a result of exercise conditions contingent on the satisfaction of certain criteria that had not been met. 
16.	 Business combinations
In the prior year, the Group completed three acquisitions to create shareholder value by adding depth and 
breadth to the Group’s software solutions and available resources. 
Goodwill acquired in the business combinations represent a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation 
of future economic benefits from assets that are not capable of being individually identified and separately 
recognised. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Acquisition balance sheets are deemed provisional 
when the post-acquisition integration period, typically up to 12 months post-acquisition, has yet to complete. 
No acquisitions were made during the current year. In the prior year, the Group made the following acquisitions 
which individually represented 5% or more of the total Enterprise Value of all acquisitions made in the year 
ending 31 December 2023.

95
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
16.	 Business combinations continued
Acquisition of VGS companies (now accesso Horizon)
On 20 June 2023, the Group entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of 
four VGS entities (VGS S.r.l., VGS ME DMCC, VGS Asia PtE Ltd. and VGS Holding, Inc.), and an underlying subsidiary, 
for a total consideration of $53.6m, paid in cash. 
The principal reason for this acquisition was to expand the Group’s product proposition, significantly increase 
international presence, enhance revenue diversity, and provide extensive new opportunities for global growth.  
It also provides a fundamental building block for the Group’s mid-to-long-term product roadmap. 
Acquisition and integration-related costs of $nil (2023: $1.77m) were incurred in relation to this acquisition and 
are included within administrative expenses.
Deferred tax has been provided on the value of the intangible assets at the tax rate applicable at the time the 
asset is expected to be realised. 
Fair value
$000
Identifiable intangible assets – acquired technology
5,111
Identifiable intangible assets – customer relationships
8,353
Property, plant and equipment
1,272
Cash
14,275
Receivables and other debtors
4,243
Payables and other liabilities 
(8,615)
Deferred tax liabilities
(3,618)
Total net assets acquired
21,021
Goodwill on acquisition
32,577
Consideration
53,598
Satisfied by:
Cash to vendors
53,598
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Acquisition of Paradocs Solutions, Inc. (now accesso Paradox)
On 21 April 2023, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Paradocs Solutions, Inc (“Paradocs”) 
for a total consideration of $10.01m, of which $9.0m was paid in cash with a further $1.01m in contingently 
issuable shares. 
The principal reason for this acquisition was to deepen the Group’s presence in the important ski market by 
acquiring a cutting-edge software solution specifically tailored to the unique needs of the industry. The flexible, 
hosted solution empowers ski areas to take full control of their operations across ticketing and passes, snow 
school, retail, equipment rental, food & beverage, administration, and online sales in one, unified platform. 
Acquisition and integration-related costs of $nil (2023: $0.5m) were incurred in relation to this acquisition and 
are included within administrative expenses.
Deferred tax has been provided on the value of the intangible assets at the tax rate applicable at the time the 
asset is expected to be realised. 
Fair value
$000
Identifiable intangible assets – customer relationships
550
Identifiable intangible assets – acquired technology
5,790
Property, plant and equipment
156
Cash
155
Receivables and other debtors
848
Payables and other liabilities 
(918)
Deferred tax liabilities
(1,704)
Total net assets acquired
4,877
Goodwill on acquisition
5,130
Consideration
10,007
Satisfied by:
Cash to vendors
9,000
Contingent share consideration to vendors*
1,007
*	
Contingent share consideration is payable in instalments over a two-year period subject to the sellers fulfilling their performance 
obligations over the contingent period. The initial fair value of $1.01m reflects the share price at the time of the acquisition. 
Subsequent changes to fair value of contingent consideration are based on the movement of the Group’s share price at the 
reporting date. At the year end, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $0.2m (2023: $0.65m) following settlements in the 
year of $0.4m (2023: $0.2m) and subsequent remeasurement of the remaining liability at the reporting date.

96
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
16.	 Business combinations continued
Acquisition of Boxer Consulting Limited
On 4 May 2023, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Boxer Consulting Limited (“DigiSoft”) for a 
total consideration of €1.82m ($2.0m). A total of €1.62m ($1.79m) was paid in cash with a further €0.2m held as 
deferred consideration to be paid two years post-completion. €0.1m ($0.96m) of the deferred consideration was 
paid during the year ended 31 December 2024.
The principal reason for this acquisition was to enable the Group to gain efficiency, flexibility, and reduce costs 
by bringing an existing supplier of mobile development services in-house. 
Acquisition and integration-related costs of $nil (2023: $0.33m) were incurred in relation to this acquisition and 
are included within administrative expenses.
Deferred tax has been provided on the value of the intangible assets at the tax rate applicable at the time the 
asset is expected to be realised. 
Fair value
$000
Identifiable intangible assets – acquired technology
462
Property, plant and equipment
4
Receivables and other debtors
25
Payables and other liabilities 
(85)
Deferred tax liabilities
(124)
Total net assets acquired
282
Goodwill on acquisition
1,731
Consideration
2,013
Satisfied by:
Cash to vendors
1,792
Deferred cash consideration to vendors
221
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
The net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions comprised: 
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
VGS
Cash paid
–
53,598
Net cash acquired
–
(14,275)
–
39,323
Paradocs
Cash paid
–
9,000
Net cash acquired
–
(155)
–
8,845
DigiSoft
Cash paid
96
1,792
Net cash acquired
–
–
96
1,792
Total net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions in prior period
96
49,960
The cash outflow for the Company in the year ended 31 December 2023 comprised VGS and DigiSoft but 
excluded the purchase of VGS Holding, Inc which was purchased by a subsidiary within the Group. The gross 
cash outflow for the Company in the year ended 31 December 2023, excluding acquired cash, was $43.3m for 
VGS companies and $1.8m for DigiSoft.

97
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
17.	 Intangible assets
The cost and amortisation of the Group’s intangible fixed assets are detailed in the following table:
Goodwill
$000
Customer 
relationships 
& supplier 
contracts
$000
Trademarks
$000
Acquired 
internally 
developed 
intellectual 
property 
$000
Patent & IPR 
costs
$000
Development 
costs
$000
Totals
$000
Cost
At 31 December 2022
115,140
13,577
469
24,426
1,106
58,317
213,035
Foreign currency translation
1,123
8
–
86
67
627
1,911
Additions
–
–
14
–
–
2,839
2,853
Acquisition through business combination
39,438
8,903
–
11,363
1
–
59,705
Disposals
–
–
–
–
–
(497)
(497)
At 31 December 2023
155,701
22,488
483
35,875
1,174
61,286
277,007
Foreign currency translation
(766)
(44)
–
(491)
(17)
(204)
(1,522)
Additions
–
–
–
–
–
2,633
2,633
Disposals
–
–
–
–
–
(423)
(423)
At 31 December 2024
154,935
22,444
483
35,384
1,157
63,292
277,695
Amortisation/Impairment
At 31 December 2022
17,403
11,185
467
24,426
136
48,998
102,615
Foreign currency translation
–
1
–
13
23
457
494
Charged
–
1,369
2
1,442
399
5,989
9,201
Impairment
–
–
–
–
–
6
6
Disposal
–
–
–
–
–
(497)
(497)
At 31 December 2023
17,403
12,555
469
25,881
558
54,953
111,819
Foreign currency translation
–
(11)
1
(167)
(16)
(142)
(335)
Charged
–
1,636
1
2,576
410
2,372
6,995
Disposal
–
–
–
–
–
(423)
(423)
At 31 December 2024
17,403
14,180
471
28,290
952
56,760
118,056
Net book value
At 31 December 2024
137,532
8,264
12
7,094
205
6,532
159,639
At 31 December 2023
138,298
9,933
14
9,994
616
6,333
165,188

98
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
The cost and amortisation of the Company’s intangible fixed assets are detailed in the following table:
Patent costs
$000
Development 
costs
$000
Totals
$000
Cost
At 31 December 2022
90
10,084
10,174
Foreign currency translation
5
606
611
Additions
–
2,151
2,151
Disposals
–
(384)
(384)
At 31 December 2023
95
12,457
12,552
Foreign currency translation
(1)
(180)
(181)
Additions
–
1,234
1,234
Disposals
–
(305)
(305)
At 31 December 2024
94
13,206
13,300
Amortisation
At 31 December 2022
62
7,684
7,746
Foreign currency translation
4
440
444
Charged
10
907
917
Impairment
–
6
6
Disposals
–
(384)
(384)
At 31 December 2023
76
8,653
8,729
Foreign currency translation
(1)
(128)
(129)
Charged
10
1,028
1,038
Disposals
–
(305)
(305)
At 31 December 2024
85
9,248
9,333
Net book value
At 31 December 2024
9
3,958
3,967
At 31 December 2023
19
3,804
3,823
Capitalised development costs are not treated as a realised loss for the purpose of determining the Company’s 
distributable profits as the costs meet the conditions requiring them to be treated as an asset in accordance 
with IAS 38.
17.	 Intangible assets continued
Significant acquisition intangibles
Acquisition
Net book value
Year
Acquisition intangibles
Remaining useful 
economic life
2024
$000
2023
$000
VGS
2023
Customer relationships
8.5 years
7,100
7,935
VGS
2023
Acquired technology
3.5 years
3,577
4,600
Paradox
2023
Acquired technology
3.25 years
3,517
4,995

99
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
17.	 Intangible assets continued
Impairment testing of goodwill
The Group is required to test, on an annual basis, whether goodwill has suffered any impairment or where 
indicators of impairment exist. The recoverable amount is determined based on value in use calculations. 
The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of a discount rate 
in order to calculate the present value of the cash flows. The goodwill balances of the Group are monitored 
and tested at an operating segment level. Further details on their composition are set out below. 
The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated as follows:
 
2024
$000
2023
$000
Ticketing and Distribution (CGU1, 2, 3, 7 and 8) *
107,399
108,067
accesso LoQueue (CGU5) **
28,500
28,500
Professional services (CGU 9) ***
1,633
1,731
137,532
138,298
The key assumptions used in the value in use calculations are as follows:
2024
2023
Pre-tax discount rate (%)
Ticketing and Distribution (CGU 1, 2, 3, 7 & 8)*
15.9%
17.0%
accesso LoQueue** (CGU 5)
16.2%
17.3%
Professional services*** (CGU 9)
16.1%
17.2%
Average annual EBITDA growth rate during forecast period (average %)
Ticketing and Distribution (CGU 1, 2, 3, 7 & 8)*
6.4%
27.8%
accesso LoQueue ** (CGU 5)
1.8%
3.5%
Professional services*** (CGU 9)
19.2%
1.0%
Terminal growth rate (%)
Ticketing and Distribution (CGU 1, 2, 3, 7 & 8)*
2.0%
2.0%
accesso LoQueue ** (CGU 5)
2.0%
2.0%
Professional services*** (CGU 9)
2.0%
2.0%
Period on which detailed forecasts based (years)
Ticketing and Distribution (CGU 1, 2, 3, 7 & 8)*
5
5
accesso LoQueue ** (CGU 5)
5
5
Professional services*** (CGU 9)
5
5
*	
Comprises the products accesso Passport & Siriusware (CGU1); accesso ShoWare (CGU2); Ingresso (CGU3); accesso Paradox (CGU7) and 
accesso Horizon (CGU8) within all trading entities as disclosed in note 19.
**	
Comprises accesso LoQueue trading within accesso Technology Group plc; Lo-Q, Inc.; Lo-Q Service Canada Inc. and 
accesso Australia PTY Limited.
***	 Comprises professional services trading within accesso Ireland Limited and Blazer and Flip Flops Inc.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Operating margins have been based on experience, where possible, and future expectations in the light of 
anticipated economic and market conditions. Growth rates beyond the formally budgeted period are based 
on economic data pertaining to the industry and region concerned. 
The discount rates applied to all CGUs was a pre‑tax measure estimated based on comparable listed 
company gearing and capital structures, an equity risk premium and risk-free rate applicable to the country, 
small stock premium relative to the market and size of business and an appropriate cost of debt relative to 
market conditions.
Sensitivity analysis
A considerable amount of judgement is applied in setting discount rates, forecasts and terminal values. If any of 
the following changes were made to the following key assumptions, the carrying value and recoverable amount 
would be equal as at 31 December 2024. 
Ticketing and Distribution*
accesso LoQueue**
2024
2023
2024
2023
Pre-tax 
discount rate
Increase by 6.0%
Increase by 10.8%
Increase by 19.5%
Increase by 13.2%
EBITDA growth 
rate during 
detailed forecast 
period (average)
Reduce by 29.2%
Reduce by 39.2%
Reduce by 52.2%
Reduce by 40.1%
Terminal growth 
rate
Reduce by 7.2% to 
a terminal rate of 
-5.2%
Reduce by 28.3% 
to a terminal rate of 
–26.3%
Reduce by 36.8% 
to terminal rate of 
-34.8%
Reduce by 19.9% 
to terminal rate of 
–17.9%
Excess over 
carrying value 
($000)
$58,994
$92,259
$45,280
$27,684
*	
Comprises the products accesso Passport & Siriusware (CGU1); accesso ShoWare (CGU2); Ingresso (CGU3); accesso Paradox (CGU7) 
and accesso Horizon (CGU8) within all trading entities as disclosed in note 19.
**	
Comprises accesso LoQueue trading within accesso Technology Group plc; Lo-Q, Inc.; Lo-Q Service Canada Inc. and accesso Australia 
PTY Limited.

100
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
17.	 Intangible assets continued
Sensitivity analysis continued
We do not consider there are any plausible changes in assumptions that would give rise to an impairment in 
Ticketing and Distribution or accesso LoQueue over the next financial year. 
There is no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions that would reduce the recoverable amount 
of professional services (CGU 9) to equal the carrying value as the recoverable amount is achieved within the 
forecast five-year period. 
Environmental risk in cash flows 
It is expected that air travel will be reduced in the longer term in response to climate change agendas 
and we have considered this risk in our cash flow forecasting for impairment testing. The majority of the 
venues we serve have typically localised customer bases rather than being reliant on destination travel; 
consequently we consider the risk as minimal on our forecasts. 
The below table sets out the intangible asset impairments recorded within accesso LoQueue, The Experience 
Engine and the Ticketing and Distribution segment:
2024
2023
 
accesso 
LoQueue
$000
Professional 
services
$000
Ticketing 
and 
Distribution
$000
Total
$000
accesso 
LoQueue
$000
Professional 
services
$000
Ticketing 
and 
Distribution
$000
Total 
$000
Intangible assets
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Impairment of specific 
development projects
–
–
–
–
6
–
–
6
Impairment charge 
recorded within 
administrative expense
–
–
–
–
6
–
–
6
A review of all project development costs capitalised was performed at year end with $nil impairment 
charges recorded. 
No intangible asset impairment reversals were recorded within the Group during the current or prior year. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Development costs not yet available for use
Development cost assets not yet available for use reside in the CGUs as follows and are considered annually for 
impairment in line with the goodwill attached to those CGUs. These capitalised costs relate to development 
projects which have not been put into use as at the year end:
Entity name (and CGU)
2024
$000
2023
$000
accesso, LLC & Siriusware, Inc. (CGUs 1 and 6)
496
464
accesso Technology Group plc (CGUs 1, 5 and 6)
927
974
accesso Ireland Limited (CGU 1)
45
–
accesso Paradox, Inc (CGU 6)
30
–

101
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
18.	 Property, plant and equipment
The cost and depreciation of the Group’s tangible fixed assets are detailed in the following table:
Installed 
systems
$000
Plant, machinery 
and office 
equipment
$000
Furniture & 
fixtures
$000
Leasehold 
improvements
$000
Totals
$000
Cost
At 31 December 2022
1,803
3,008
1,136
277
6,224
Foreign currency translation
10
40
33
–
83
Additions
22
411
205
–
638
Acquisition through business 
combination
–
113
83
41
237
Disposals
(97)
(672)
(418)
(247)
(1,434)
At 31 December 2023
1,738
2,900
1,039
71
5,748
Foreign currency translation
(33)
(77)
20
(2)
(92)
Additions
–
326
55
39
420
Disposals
(105)
(132)
(9)
(4)
(250)
At 31 December 2024
1,600
3,017
1,105
104
5,826
Depreciation
At 31 December 2022
1,473
2,043
937
168
4,621
Foreign currency translation
9
73
29
–
111
Charged
180
620
122
53
975
Disposals
(87)
(648)
(383)
(187)
(1,305)
At 31 December 2023
1,575
2,088
705
34
4,402
Foreign currency translation
(7)
(69)
14
(1)
(63)
Charged
98
583
153
29
863
Disposals
(125)
(128)
(4)
(1)
(258)
At 31 December 2024
1,541
2,474
868
61
4,944
Net book value
At 31 December 2024
59
543
237
43
882
At 31 December 2023
163
812
334
37
1,346
Refer to note 23 for details of security over the Group’s property, plant and equipment by banking providers.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
The cost and depreciation of the Company’s tangible fixed assets are detailed in the following table:
Installed 
systems
$000
Plant, machinery 
and office 
equipment
$000
Furniture & 
fixtures
$000
Totals
$000
Cost
At 31 December 2022
169
922
619
1,710
Foreign currency translation
9
53
34
96
Additions
–
102
–
102
Disposals
–
(27)
(1)
(28)
At 31 December 2023
178
1,050
652
1,880
Foreign currency translation
(28)
(15)
30
(13)
Additions
–
83
–
83
Disposals
(57)
(1)
–
(58)
At 31 December 2024
93
1,117
682
1,892
Depreciation
At 31 December 2022
136
781
524
1,441
Foreign currency translation
7
46
30
83
Charged
19
93
35
147
Disposals
–
(23)
(1)
(24)
At 31 December 2023
162
897
588
1,647
Foreign currency translation
(2)
(15)
21
4
Charged
9
108
35
152
Disposals
(78)
–
–
(78)
At 31 December 2024
91
990
644
1,725
Net book value
At 31 December 2024
2
127
38
167
At 31 December 2023
16
153
64
233
Refer to note 23 for details of security over the Group’s property, plant and equipment by banking providers.

102
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
19.	 Investments
Investment in subsidiaries
The investment balance on the Company’s books at 31 December 2024 is as detailed below:
$000
Net book value
Cost
At 31 December 2023
221,746
Capital contribution to subsidiaries (1)
3,464
Investment in Saudi Arabian entity
7
Return of capital from subsidiaries (2)
(2,975)
Foreign currency translation
(2,821)
At 31 December 2024
219,421
Cost
At 31 December 2022
167,652
Capital contribution to subsidiaries (1)
3,042
Purchase of subsidiaries
55,277
Return of capital from subsidiaries (2)
(13,397)
Foreign currency translation
9,172
At 31 December 2023 
221,746
(1)	
Capital contribution to subsidiaries represents share-based payment charges for awards made to employees of the subsidiary 
companies.
(2)	
Dividends are recognised in the profit or loss of the Company, unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost 
of the investment, in which case the full or partial amount of the dividend is recorded against the associated investment’s carrying 
amount as a return of capital.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Name
Country of incorporation
Principal activity
Lo-Q, Inc. (1)
(16) United States of America
Software services
Lo-Q Service Canada Inc (1)
(16) Canada
Software services
Lo-Q (Trustees) Limited (2)
(16) United Kingdom
Dormant company
accesso, LLC. (1)
(17) United States of America
Software services
Siriusware, Inc. (1)
(17) United States of America
Software services
Lo-Q Limited (2)
(16) United Kingdom 
IP holder
VisionOne Worldwide Ltd (3)
(16) British Virgin Islands
Holding company
VisionOne, Inc. (1)
(16) United States of America
Software services
VisionOne S.A. de C.V. (4)
(17) Mexico
Software services
Showare Brasil Ltda (5)****
(18) Brazil
Software services
accesso Australia PTY Limited (6)
(16) Australia
Software services
Blazer and Flip Flops Inc. (1)
(17) United States of America
Software services
Ingresso Group Limited (2)
(16) United Kingdom
Software services
accesso Netherlands BV (7)
(17) Netherlands
Software services
accesso (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (8)
(16) China
Dormant company
Ingresso US, Inc. (9)
(17) United States of America
Dormant company
Ingresso USA, Inc. (1)
(17) United States of America
Dormant company
accesso Solutions, LLC (1)
(17) United States of America
Dormant company
accesso Paradox, Inc (formerly Paradocs 
Solutions, Inc. (10)
(17) Canada
Software services
accesso Ireland Holdings Limited*
(16) Ireland
Holding company
accesso Ireland Limited (11)
(17) Ireland
Software services
VGS USA Holding, Inc.**
(17) United States of America
Holding company
accesso, Inc. (1) (formerly Vanguard 
Generation Solutions, Inc.)
(17) United States of America
Software services
accesso Singapore PTE Ltd (12) (formerly 
VGS Asia PTE Ltd)
(16) Singapore
Software services
accesso Italy s.r.l (formerly VGS s.r.l ) (13)
(16) Italy
Software services
VGS ME DMCC (14)
(16) United Arab Emirates 
Software services
accesso Arabia Limited (15)***
(16) Saudi Arabia
Software services
*	
accesso Ireland Holdings Limited was merged into accesso Ireland on 18 January 2024.
**	
VGS USA Holding, Inc. was dissolved on 23 April 2024.
***	 accesso Arabia Limited was established on 13 June 2024.
****	 Showare Brasil Ltda was sold on 7 January 2025.
All shares owned are ordinary shares.

103
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
19.	 Investments continued
Investment in subsidiaries continued
As required by the Companies Act, the registered addresses of each business are:
(1)	 Registered address of 100 Technology Park, Suite 165, Lake Mary, FL USA.
(2)	 Registered address of Unit 5, The Pavilions, Ruscombe Park, Twyford, Berkshire RG10 9NN, UK.
(3)	 Registered address of Wickhams Cay II Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands, Zip Code VG1110.
(4)	 Registered address of Montecito #38, Piso 42 Oficinas 12 Colonia Napoles, 03810, Mexico City, Mexico, D.F.
(5)	 Registered address of Rua Realengo, 140 – Vila Madalena, Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil, Zip Code 05451-030.
(6)	 Registered address of PO Box 432, Chatswood, NSW 2057, Australia.
(7)	 Registered address of Butterwick 1, London, W6 8DL, UK.
(8)	 Registered address of No.778, Chuangxin West Road, FTA, Shanghai, China.
(9)	 Registered address of 19C Trolley Square, Wilmington, Delaware, DE 19806, USA.
(10)	Registered address of 660 Avenue Royale, Quebec, QC, Canada, G1E 1Y7.
(11)	Registered address of 1st Floor, The Liffey Trust Centre, 117-126 Sheriff Street Upper, Dublin.
(12)	Registered address of 7500A Beach Rd, #13-301 VGS Asia Pte Ltd, Singapore 199591.
(13)	Registered address if Via Tonale, 26 Milano Lombardia, 20125.
(14)	Registered address of Unit 1203, SABA 1 – Cluster E – Jumeirah Lake Towers – Dubai – United Arab Emirates.
(15)	Registered address of 1352 Anas Bin Malik, Al Malqa, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
(16)	100% wholly owned subsidiary directly by accesso Technology Group plc.
(17)	100% owned through a wholly owned subsidiary of accesso Technology Group plc.
(18)	99.99% owned through a wholly owned subsidiary of accesso Technology Group plc.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
20.	 Inventories
Group
Company
2024
$000
2023
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
Stock
152
1,115
43
44
152
1,115
43
44
The amount of inventories recognised as an expense and charged to cost of sales for the year ended 
31 December 2024 was $1.9m (2023: $1.0m). 
21.	 Trade and other receivables
Group
Company
2024
$000
2023
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
Trade debtors
31,813
24,948
5,366
3,549
Other debtors
2,741
523
26
30
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
–
–
4,105
4,535
Financial assets
34,554
25,471
9,497
8,114
Prepayments
3,773
4,229
1,031
1,186
38,327
29,700
10,528
9,300
The Group’s financial assets are short-term in nature. In the opinion of the Directors, the book values 
approximate to their fair value. No expected credit losses have been recognised on accrued income, contract 
assets or other debtors as these are not considered material. An expected credit loss provision has been 
recognised in respect of trade debtors in the Group and Company financial statements of $0.7m and $0.01m 
respectively. An expected credit loss provision has also been recognised in the Company financial statements of 
$0.3m (2023: $0.9m) in respect of intercompany receivables due from subsidiary undertakings. 
Included within trade debtors are amounts owed to the Group from ticket sales, equating to the total value of 
the ticket and the commission earned by the Group. The value of the ticket, less the commission, is payable to 
the supplier of the ticket, and is not revenue to the Group.
Other debtors for the year ended 31 December 2024 includes amounts due of $2.15m from the Group’s insurers 
in relation to the US self-funded insurance plan (2023: $0.16m).

104
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
22.	 Trade and other payables
Group
Company
2024
$000
2023
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
Current
Trade creditors
17,158
20,188
349
1,498
Current other creditors
3,302
2,461
314
961
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
–
–
31,645
23,370
Accruals
8,106
10,913
1,949
2,119
Social security and other taxes
1,759
1,377
395
362
30,325
34,939
34,652
28,310
Non-current
Non-current other creditors
365
–
–
–
365
–
–
–
Included within trade and other payables are financial instruments of $23.3m and $33.5m for Group and 
Company respectively. Financial instruments comprise of trade creditors, other creditors, amounts owed 
to Group undertakings and a portion of accruals where there is an obligation for them to be cash settled. 
Of the $8.1m of accruals for Group, $2.5m (2023: $3.1m) constitute financial liabilities and of the $2.0m for 
Company, $1.2m (2023: $1.4m) are financial liabilities.
The Group’s financial liabilities are generally short-term in nature. In the opinion of the Directors, the book 
values approximate to their fair value. Included within trade creditors are amounts payable to ticket suppliers. 
In certain agreements, the Group receives the total cash from the sale of the ticket. 
Included within trade payables are amounts owed to suppliers in relation to ticket sales when the amount 
received by the Group is the total value of the ticket and the commission earned by the Group. The value  
of the ticket, less the commission, is payable to the supplier of the ticket, and is not revenue to the Group.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
23.	 Borrowings
Group
Company
2024
$000
2023
$000
2024
$000
2023
$000
Bank loans
14,750
21,250
14,750
21,250
Arrangement fees, less amortised cost
(697)
(901)
(697)
(901)
14,053
20,349
14,053
20,349
On 26 May 2023, the Group secured a $40.0m revolving credit facility with a four-year term, to May 2027, 
accompanied by a $20.0m accordion option with HSBC UK Bank PLC. The facility is secured through fixed and 
floating charges over assets belonging to the following Group entities: accesso Technology Group plc, Lo-Q Inc, 
accesso, LLC, Siriusware, Inc, VisionOne, Inc, Blazer and Flip-Flops, Inc, Lo-Q Service Canada Limited, Lo-Q Limited and 
Ingresso Group Limited. As at 31 December 2024, the Group had drawn $14.8m ($14.1m net of finance costs) 
which was used to partially fund the three acquisitions made by the Group in the prior period. 
24.	 Called up share capital
Ordinary shares of 1p each
2024
2023
Number
$000
Number
$000
Opening balance
41,843,760
603
41,394,647
597
Issued in relation to exercised share options
271,882
3
718,976
9
Re-purchase of shares for cancellation
(1,165,559)
(15)
(299,272)
(4)
Contingent consideration settled in shares
58,818
1
29,409
1
Closing balance
41,008,901
592
41,843,760
603
During 2024, 271,882 shares (2023: 718,976 shares), with a nominal value $3,422 (2023: $9,145), were allotted 
following the exercise of share options. 
The number of shares held by the accesso Technology Group plc Employee Benefit Trust as at 31 December 
2024 was 682,248 shares (2023: 1,136,942). Nil shares (2023: 374,971) were purchased by the Employee Benefit 
Trust during the year.
In addition to the programme approved in 2023, the Board approved a further share repurchase programme, 
both with a value of up to GBP £4.0m. The first programme commenced in 2023 and concluded on 29 February 
2024, with a total repurchase and cancellation of 706,984 shares for a total consideration of $5.0m (GBP £4.0m). 
The second programme commenced in August 2024 and concluded on 5 November 2024 with a total of 
757,847 shares being repurchased for a total of $5.3m (GBP £4.0m). As at the year end, the Company had 
repurchased and cancelled 1,165,559 shares for a total of $8.1m (GBP £6.2m). At the prior year end, 229,272 
shares had been repurchased and cancelled for a total of $2.2m (GBP £1.8m). 
In 2024, 58,818 shares (2023: 29,409) were issued in relation to the settlement of contingent consideration. 

105
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
24.	 Called up share capital continued
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled 
to one vote per share at meetings of the Company.
Following the adoption of new Articles of Association on 12 April 2011, the Company no longer has an 
authorised share capital limit.
All issued share capital is fully paid as at 31 December 2024. 
25.	 Reserves
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity: 
Reserve
Description and purpose
Share premium:
Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value
Own shares held in trust:
Weighted average cost of own shares held by the accesso Technology 
Employee Benefit Trust
Merger relief reserve:
The merger relief reserve represents the difference between the fair 
value and nominal value of shares issued on the acquisition of subsidiary 
companies, where the Company has taken advantage of merger relief
Retained earnings:
All other net gains and losses and transactions not recognised elsewhere
Translation reserve:
Gains/losses arising on retranslating the net assets of overseas operations 
into US dollars
Capital Redemption  
Reserve:
Nominal value of shares repurchased by the Company and subsequently 
cancelled
26.	 Pension commitments
The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes in North America and Europe. The assets of each 
scheme are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds. The pension charge 
represents contributions payable by the Group to the funds. The amounts related to the charge in the period 
and payable at period end are:
2024
$000
2023
$000
Pension charge in the period
2,411
2,053
Payable to the funds (included within other creditors)
315
318
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
27.	 Related party disclosures
Ultimate controlling party
There is no ultimate controlling party.
Subsidiaries
All intercompany revenues, expenses, and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are 
related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and have not been included in this note. These 
transactions comprise recharging of costs incurred, or reallocation of revenue received as well as annual 
adjustments recorded in accordance with the Group’s transfer pricing policies. Intercompany balances are 
interest free and repayable on demand. 

106
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
28.	 Share-based payment schemes and transactions
Share option schemes
At 31 December 2024 the following share-based incentives were outstanding in respect of the ordinary shares:
Scheme
Number of shares
Period of option
Price per share
UK CSOP Scheme
18,905
22 March 2021 to 21 March 2028
775p
29,200
13 May 2023 to 13 May 2029
775p
UK unapproved Scheme
5,000
15 April 2018 to 15 April 2025
557.5p
8,550
29 April 2019 to 28 April 2026
1105p
1,895
22 March 2021 to 21 March 2028
775p
20,000
30 March 2022 to 21 March 2028
775p
US Scheme
38,550
15 April 2018 to 15 April 2025
557.5p
94,650
29 April 2019 to 28 April 2026
1105p
7,500
12 July 2021 to 21 March 2028
775p
85,100
21 March 2022 to 21 March 2028
775p
84,500
13 May 2023 to 13 May 2029
775p
Other schemes
1,650
29 April 2019 to 28 April 2026
1105p
6,600
22 March 2022 to 22 March 2028
775p
8,400
13 May 2023 to 13 May 2029
775p
Long-Term Incentive Plan
180,140
25 April 2023 to 25 October 2025
–(1)
6,148
11 July 2023 to 10 July 2025
–(1)
675,659
20 June 2023 to 19 June 2026
–(1)
466,039
2 February 2026 to 1 August 2026
–(1)
303,040
8 May 2027 to 7 November 2027
–(1)
42,939
25 September 2027 to 25 March 2028
–(1)
Share plan 2021
15,100
31 July 2022 to 31 July 2031
–
8,310
27 May 2023 to 26 May 2032
–
2,105
15 May 2023 to 26 May 2032
–
189,400
20 June 2023 to 19 June 2033
–
83,615
4 August 2023 to 3 August 2027
–
3,000
1 November 2023 to 19 June 2033
–
5,915
8 May 2024 to 7 May 2034
–
Canada Share Plan 2023
22,198
20 June 2023 to 19 June 2033
1p
185
4 August 2023 to 19 June 2033
1p
840
8 May 2024 to 7 May 2034
1p
2,415,133
(1)	
Vesting is conditional on achievement of certain market-based conditions.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Equity-settled share option schemes
Details of the number of share-based incentives and the weighted average exercise price (WAEP) outstanding 
during the period are as follows:
2024
2023
Number
WAEP (pence)
Number
WAEP (pence)
Outstanding at beginning of year
2,516,804
153.42
2,212,754
202.45
Granted during the year
888,325
–
1,141,010
0.05
Exercised during the year
(726,576)
5.20
(718,976)
14.45
Leavers, lapsed & other 
(263,420)
530.97
(117,984)
448.22
Outstanding at the end of the year
2,415,133
142.14
2,516,804
153.42
Exercisable at the end of the year
425,600
806.55
648,472
594.96
The exercise price of options outstanding at 31 December 2024 range between 0p and 1105p (2023: 0p and 
1105p) and their weighted average contractual life was 2.60 years (2023: 2.48 years).

107
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
28.	 Share-based payment schemes and transactions continued
Equity-settled share option schemes continued
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was 
574.89p (2023: 710.18p). Share awards were granted in the period and the inputs to the model for options 
issued in the current period were as follows:
2024
Weighted average exercise price of options issued during the period (pence)
574.89
Expected volatility (%)
40.9%
Expected life beyond vesting date (years)
3.00
Risk-free rate (%)
4.6%
Dividend yield (%)
–
Both share awards and long-term incentives were issued in the current year. The Group did not enter into any 
share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees during the current or previous period. 
Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the 
previous 12-month period. Expected life is based on the Group’s assessment of the average life of the option 
following the vesting period. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Long-Term Incentive Plans subject to performance-based market conditions
During the current and prior period, the Group granted conditional share awards (“awards”) over ordinary shares 
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan with their vesting periods set out in the table above. Awards are required to 
be held for a further six months after the vest date, as well as being subject to certain performance conditions.
The fair values of the awards at the dates of grant were calculated using the Monte Carlo statistical modelling 
approach to reflect the market conditions within the award conditions. The award dates, number of awards 
granted assuming the performance conditions are fully met, and inputs to the valuation model were as follows:
Long-term incentive awards issued 2024
8 May  
2024
26 September 
2024
Awards issued
372,592
42,939
Expected volatility (%)
40.9%
40.9%
Expected life years
3
3
Risk-free rate (%)
4.6%
4.6%
Dividend yield (%)
–
–
Long-term incentive awards issued 2023
20 June 2023
Awards issued
790,842
Expected volatility (%)
45.5%
Expected life years
3
Risk-free rate (%)
4.3%
Dividend yield (%)
–
Refer to the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 52 for a breakdown of the vesting conditions related to 
each award.
Change of control provisions
The change of control provisions explained on page 48 of the Directors’ remuneration report have not 
impacted the current period share-based payment charges as no change of control is considered probable 
as at 31 December 2024. 

108
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
29.	 Reconciliation of net cash flow to movements in net funds and analysis of net funds
The amounts disclosed on the cash flow statement in respect of cash and cash equivalents are in respect of 
these balance sheet amounts.
2023
$000
Cash flow
$000
Exchange 
movement
$000
2024
$000
Group
Cash in hand & at bank
51,814
(7,446)
(1,599)
42,769
Company
Cash in hand & at bank
9,678
(4,104)
(351)
5,223
2022
$000
Cash flow
$000
Exchange 
movement
$000
2023
$000
Group
Cash in hand & at bank
64,663
(14,490)
1,641
51,814
Company
Cash in hand & at bank
15,612
(6,748)
814
9,678
Group net cash reconciliation
Note
2024
$000
2023
$000
Borrowings (including capitalised finance costs)
23
(14,053)
(20,349)
Less: Cash in hand & at bank
42,769
51,814
Net cash
28,716
31,465
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
The changes in the Group’s and Company’s liabilities from financing activities can be classified as follows:
Group
Company
Borrowings
$000
Lease liabilities
$000
Borrowings
$000
Lease liabilities
$000
At 1 January 2023
–
1,220
–
380
Cash flows
    Drawings on loan
35,000
–
35,000
–
    Repayments
(13,750)
(668)
(13,750)
(162)
    Payment of arrangement fee and other 
transaction costs
(1,040)
–
(1,040)
–
Non-cash movements
    Effects of foreign exchange
(17)
13
(17)
19
    Lease liabilities additions
–
125
–
–
    Lease liabilities acquired through business 
combination
–
1,178
–
–
    Release of capitalised finance costs
156
–
156
–
    Interest expense
–
101
–
17
At 31 December 2023
20,349
1,969
20,349
254
Cash flows
    Drawings on loan
–
–
–
–
    Repayments
(6,500)
(1,000)
(6,500)
(166)
    Payment of arrangement fee and other 
transaction costs
(44)
–
(44)
–
Non-cash movements
    Effects of foreign exchange
(14)
(66)
(14)
–
    Lease liabilities additions
–
400
–
–
    Release of capitalised finance costs
262
–
262
–
    Interest expense
–
119
–
9
At 31 December 2024
14,053
1,422
14,053
97
The Group did not draw on its facility during the year ended 31 December 2024. 

109
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
30.	 Leases 
The Group leases commercial office space and a single warehouse. The leases typically run for periods of 
10 years, with a 5-year break clause. Lease liabilities are assumed to extend to the full term of the lease where 
there is a reasonable assumption that the break period will not be utilised. Lease payments are renegotiated 
every 5 years to reflect market rentals. Some leases provide for additional rent payments that are based on 
changes in local price indices. No restrictive covenants exist preventing the Group from subletting properties.
The Group leases office equipment with contract terms of 1 to 3 years. These leases are short-term and/or 
leases of low‑value items. The Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for 
these leases.
During 2023, the Group sublet the remainder of its leased property in Lake Mary, Florida. As a result, a net 
investment in the sublease was recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023. The sublet of the leased 
property ended on 31 December 2024.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below. 
Right of use assets 
Land and buildings
Group
$000
Company
$000
Cost
At 1 January 2023
2,739
854
Additions
131
–
Acquired through business combination
1,192
–
Disposals
(1,416)
–
Foreign currency translation
64
47
At 31 December 2023
2,710
901
Additions
406
–
Foreign currency translation
(91)
(12)
At 31 December 2024
3,025
889
Depreciation
At 1 January 2023
(1,759)
(539)
Charged
(467)
(111)
Disposals
1,159
–
Foreign currency translation
(34)
(32)
At 31 December 2023
(1,101)
(682)
Charged
(613)
(115)
Foreign currency translation
30
11
At 31 December 2024
(1,684)
(786)
Net book value
At 31 December 2023
1,609
219
At 31 December 2024
1,341
103

110
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
30.	 Leases continued
Lease liabilities
Group
$000
Company
$000
Cost
At 1 January 2023
(1,220)
(380)
Additions
(125)
–
Acquired through business combination
(1,178)
–
Interest expense
(101)
(17)
Lease payments cash flow
668
162
Foreign currency translation
(13)
(19)
At 31 December 2023
(1,969)
(254)
Additions
(400)
–
Interest expense
(119)
(9)
Lease payments cash flow
1,000
166
Foreign currency translation
66
–
At 31 December 2024
(1,422)
(97)
Maturity
Group
Company
Current
$000
Non-current
$000
Total
$000
Current
$000
Non-current
$000
Total
$000
At 31 December 2023
(792)
(1,177)
(1,969)
(156)
(98)
(254)
At 31 December 2024
(529)
(893)
(1,422)
(97)
–
(97)
Extension options
Some property leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group up to one year before the end of the 
non-cancellable contract period. The Group assesses at lease commencement date whether it is reasonably 
certain to exercise the extension options and builds this into the right of use asset and liability calculation. 
The Group reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the options if there is a significant event or 
significant changes in circumstances within its control. 
Contractual minimum lease payments
The following table sets out a maturity analysis of lease payments, showing the undiscounted lease payments to 
be paid after the reporting date for the Group and Company: 
Group 
2024
$000
Company
2024
$000
Lease liability maturity
Up to 3 months
183
40
Between 3 and 12 months
347
57
Between 1 and 2 years
344
–
Between 2 and 5 years
440
–
Over 5 years
108
–
As at 31 December 2024, the value of undiscounted lease payments on short-term and low-value leases is 
$nil (2023: $32k), therefore there is no maturity analysis on short-term and low-value leases applicable as at 
31 December 2024 for either the Group or the Company.
When measuring lease liabilities for leases that were classified as operating leases, the Group discounted lease 
payments using its incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2024. The weighted average rate applied is 6.46% 
(2023: 5.94%).
Lease receivables
Information about leases for which the Group is a lessor is presented below. 
Maturity
Group
Company
Current
$000
Non-current
$000
Total
$000
Current
$000
Non-current
$000
Total
$000
At 31 December 2023
165
–
165
–
–
–
At 31 December 2024
–
–
–
–
–
–
No maturity analysis has been presented for the Group and Company as at 31 December 2024 as the value of 
the lease receivables at the period end was $nil. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

111
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Directors:
Bill Russell, Non-Executive Chairman 
Steve Brown, Chief Executive Officer
Matthew Boyle, Chief Financial Officer
Andy Malpass, Non-Executive Director
Jody Madden, Non-Executive Director
Secretary:
David Gracie
Indigo Corporate Secretary
Vincent Place, Ground Floor
853-855 London Road
Westcliff-on-Sea
Essex
SS0 9SZ
Registered office:
Unit 5, The Pavilions 
Ruscombe Park
Twyford
Berkshire
RG10 9NN
Registered number:
03959429 (England and Wales)
Auditor:
Grant Thornton UK LLP
30 Finsbury Square
London
EC2A 1AG
Bankers:
Lloyds Bank PLC
The Atrium
Davidson House
Forbury Square
Reading
Berkshire
RG1 3EU
HSBC UK Bank PLC
Level 7, Thames Tower
Station Road
Reading
RG1 1LX
Company information
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

112
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
accesso Technology Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes

Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota) under the PAS2060 standard. 
Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and other controlled sources. This publication was 
printed by an FSC™ certified printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification. 
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS legislation and meets the chemical 
requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for 
further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production will be recycled and the remaining 
1% used to generate energy. 
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset carbon 
emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting standing 
forests under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in that would otherwise be released.

accesso Technology Group plc 
Unit 5, The Pavilions 
Ruscombe Park 
Twyford 
Berkshire 
RG10 9NN
www.accesso.com